1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
66 \default_output_format default
70 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
71 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
76 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
77 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
82 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
83 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
91 \paperorientation portrait
92 \backgroundcolor #ffffff
103 \paragraph_separation indent
105 \quotes_language english
108 \paperpagestyle default
109 \tracking_changes false
110 \output_changes false
126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
128 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
132 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
151 \begin_inset Note Note
154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
155 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
156 \begin_inset Newline newline
161 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
169 \begin_layout Standard
170 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
171 LatexCommand tableofcontents
178 \begin_layout Chapter
182 \begin_layout Section
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 LyX is a document preparation system.
188 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
189 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
190 It is unlike most other
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
198 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
200 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
216 pt type, left justified, 5
217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
229 \begin_layout Standard
230 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
247 \begin_layout Standard
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
261 the format of all of the manuals.
262 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
263 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 \begin_layout Section
284 \begin_layout Standard
285 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
287 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
288 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
292 \begin_layout Standard
293 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
294 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
295 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
297 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
298 only a vertical scrollbar.
299 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
300 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
301 This, however, is due
302 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
303 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
304 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
305 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
307 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
308 this doesn't work for equations yet.
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
351 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
360 without resorting to configuration files.
361 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
362 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
363 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_inset Index idx
371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
384 \begin_inset space \space{}
387 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
388 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
390 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
394 \begin_inset Index idx
397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Reconfiguration of LyX
403 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
406 \begin_layout Section
408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
410 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
417 \begin_layout Standard
418 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
419 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
442 that will be created when using the menu
444 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
463 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
464 \begin_inset Note Note
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
468 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
476 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
477 More about TeX Code is described in section
482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
488 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
495 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
505 \begin_inset Index idx
508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
509 Reconfiguration of LyX
517 \begin_layout Chapter
521 \begin_layout Section
522 Basic File Operations
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
535 \begin_layout Standard
540 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
541 in addition to some more advanced operations:
544 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_inset Graphics
549 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
557 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_inset Graphics
582 filename ../images/file-open.png
583 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
590 \begin_layout Itemize
596 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_inset Graphics
603 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
611 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_inset Graphics
664 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Standard
679 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
680 a few minor differences.
683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
698 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
699 you for a template to use.
700 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
701 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
702 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
710 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
717 \begin_layout Standard
719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
743 space is just that — a big, blank space.
746 \begin_layout Standard
767 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
772 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
797 will reload the document from disk.
798 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
799 and want to restore it to the last save.
808 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
809 can identify them as your changes.
812 \begin_layout Section
813 Basic Editing Features
814 \begin_inset Index idx
817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
826 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
833 \begin_layout Standard
834 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
835 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
836 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
837 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
839 We'll start with cut and paste.
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 As you might expect, the
847 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
848 various other editing features.
849 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
853 \begin_layout Itemize
859 \begin_inset Graphics
860 filename ../images/cut.png
861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
868 \begin_layout Itemize
874 \begin_inset Graphics
875 filename ../images/copy.png
876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
883 \begin_layout Itemize
889 \begin_inset Graphics
890 filename ../images/paste.png
891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
898 \begin_layout Itemize
908 \begin_layout Itemize
918 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_inset Graphics
933 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
934 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
942 \begin_layout Standard
943 The first three are self-explanatory.
944 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
945 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
954 keys also functions as the
959 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
960 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
965 to get back the lost text.
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 \begin_inset Index idx
972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
978 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
987 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
990 \begin_layout Standard
993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1009 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1015 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1019 \begin_inset space ~
1024 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1025 will start a new paragraph.
1028 \begin_layout Standard
1029 \begin_inset Index idx
1032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1039 \begin_inset Index idx
1042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1052 \begin_inset space ~
1056 \begin_inset space ~
1064 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1074 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1079 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1096 button to skip the current word.
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1116 If the toggle is set, searching for
1117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1128 will not match the word
1129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1143 Match whole words only
1145 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1178 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1180 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1185 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1192 \begin_layout Section
1194 \begin_inset Index idx
1197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1204 \begin_inset Index idx
1207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1216 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1225 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1231 or the toolbar button
1232 \begin_inset Graphics
1233 filename ../images/undo.png
1234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1238 to undo some mistake.
1239 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1244 or the toolbar button
1245 \begin_inset Graphics
1246 filename ../images/redo.png
1247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1259 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1263 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1266 \begin_layout Standard
1267 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1276 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1277 This is a consequence of the 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 step undo limit, above.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1293 work on almost everything in LyX.
1294 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1298 \begin_layout Section
1300 \begin_inset Index idx
1303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1312 \begin_layout Standard
1313 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1316 \begin_layout Enumerate
1321 \begin_layout Itemize
1326 once anywhere in the edit window.
1327 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1331 \begin_layout Enumerate
1336 \begin_layout Itemize
1342 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1348 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1351 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1366 \begin_layout Standard
1367 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1368 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1372 \begin_layout Enumerate
1377 \begin_layout Standard
1382 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1387 \begin_layout Section
1389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1391 name "sec:Navigating"
1396 \begin_inset Index idx
1399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1408 \begin_layout Standard
1409 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1412 \begin_layout Itemize
1417 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1418 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1421 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1427 or the toolbar button
1428 \begin_inset Graphics
1429 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1437 \begin_layout Standard
1438 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1439 (TOC) that is described in section
1440 \begin_inset space ~
1444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1446 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1451 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1452 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1453 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1454 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1455 to the document, see section
1456 \begin_inset space ~
1460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1462 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1471 option sorts the current list, and the
1475 option keeps it in the current view state.
1476 Keeping means that when you have e.
1477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1481 \begin_inset space \space{}
1484 the subsections of section
1485 \begin_inset space ~
1488 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1492 3, the subsections of section
1493 \begin_inset space ~
1496 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1501 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1510 \begin_inset space \space{}
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/down.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1526 \begin_inset space \space{}
1530 \begin_inset Graphics
1531 filename ../images/up.png
1532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1537 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1543 So you can for example move section
1544 \begin_inset space ~
1548 \begin_inset space ~
1552 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1554 \begin_inset Graphics
1555 filename ../images/promote.png
1556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/demote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1567 or the corresponding key bindings
1575 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1576 So you can for example make section
1577 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1591 \begin_layout Standard
1593 \begin_inset Graphics
1594 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1600 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1601 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1602 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1603 go back to your last editing position.
1606 \begin_layout Section
1608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1618 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1623 \begin_inset Index idx
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1633 \begin_inset Index idx
1636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1667 \begin_layout Standard
1668 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1670 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1671 is used to propose completions.
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1676 there are completions available.
1677 You can then press the
1681 key to use this completion.
1682 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1683 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1684 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1694 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1697 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1699 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1702 by deselecting the option
1709 Automatic inline completion
1711 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1712 To accept this proposal, use the
1721 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1722 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1730 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1737 \begin_layout Section
1739 \begin_inset Index idx
1742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1749 \begin_inset Index idx
1752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_inset Index idx
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1816 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1817 LyX's default is CUA.
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1824 \begin_inset space ~
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1853 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1857 \begin_layout Labeling
1858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1862 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1863 LatexCommand nomenclature
1865 description "Tabulator key"
1871 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1872 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1873 \begin_inset space ~
1877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1879 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1886 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1890 , especially section
1891 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1897 reference "sub:Lists"
1903 If you're still confused, look in the
1910 \begin_layout Labeling
1911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1915 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1916 LatexCommand nomenclature
1918 description "Escape key"
1925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1932 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1933 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1936 \begin_layout Labeling
1937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1943 \begin_inset space ~
1947 \begin_inset space ~
1954 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1955 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1960 There are three modifier keys:
1963 \begin_layout Labeling
1964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1982 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1983 LatexCommand nomenclature
1985 description "Control key"
1989 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1990 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1994 \begin_layout Itemize
2003 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2006 \begin_layout Itemize
2015 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2018 \begin_layout Itemize
2027 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2031 \begin_layout Labeling
2032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2051 LatexCommand nomenclature
2053 description "Shift key"
2057 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2058 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2061 \begin_layout Labeling
2062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2080 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2081 LatexCommand nomenclature
2083 description "Alt or Meta key"
2087 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2088 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2089 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2095 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2097 menu accelerator keys
2100 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2101 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 For example, the sequence
2107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2113 \begin_inset space ~
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2123 \begin_inset space ~
2131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2150 \begin_inset space ~
2156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2171 manual lists all other things bound to the
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2180 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2181 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2182 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2183 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2184 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2185 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2186 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2187 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2203 followed by a capital
2210 \begin_layout Standard
2211 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2213 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2218 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2221 as explained in sec.
2222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2228 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2235 \begin_layout Chapter
2237 \begin_inset Index idx
2240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2249 \begin_layout Section
2251 \begin_inset Index idx
2254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2263 \begin_layout Subsection
2267 \begin_layout Standard
2268 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2269 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2270 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2271 numbering schemes, and so on.
2272 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2273 and format the title of your document differently.
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2281 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2282 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2283 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2284 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2285 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2289 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2290 how to adjust their properties.
2293 \begin_layout Subsection
2295 \begin_inset Index idx
2298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2307 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2315 You can select a class using the
2317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2319 \begin_inset Index idx
2322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2339 \begin_layout Standard
2340 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2344 \begin_layout Description
2345 Article for basic articles
2348 \begin_layout Description
2349 Report for basic reports
2352 \begin_layout Description
2353 Book for writing a book
2356 \begin_layout Description
2357 Letter for US-style letters
2360 \begin_layout Standard
2361 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2363 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2364 can be found in chapter
2366 Special Document Classes
2375 \begin_layout Description
2376 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2379 \begin_layout Description
2386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2395 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2399 \begin_layout Description
2400 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2401 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2402 There are three article layouts available.
2403 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2404 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2405 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2406 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2411 sequential numbering
2412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2415 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2416 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2417 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2418 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2421 \begin_layout Description
2422 Beamer Layout for presentations
2425 \begin_layout Description
2426 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2427 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2431 \begin_layout Description
2433 \begin_inset space ~
2436 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2443 \begin_layout Description
2446 Die TeXnische Komödie
2448 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2451 \begin_layout Description
2452 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Foils Used to make transparencies
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2465 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2471 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2474 \begin_layout Description
2475 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2478 \begin_layout Description
2479 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2484 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2491 \begin_layout Description
2496 LaTeX document class
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2503 \begin_layout Description
2508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2515 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2516 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2518 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 Slides Used to make transparencies
2525 \begin_layout Description
2527 \begin_inset space ~
2530 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2531 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2538 \begin_layout Description
2543 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2546 \begin_layout Standard
2547 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2549 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2554 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2555 of the document classes.
2558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2567 \begin_inset Index idx
2570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2579 \begin_layout Standard
2580 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2581 in the chosen document class.
2582 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2584 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2585 the corresponding module in the
2591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2595 \begin_inset Index idx
2598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2605 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2619 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2627 \begin_layout Standard
2628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2648 \begin_layout Standard
2649 Each class has a default set of options.
2650 Here's a quick table describing them:
2653 \begin_layout Standard
2654 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2662 \begin_inset Tabular
2663 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2664 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2665 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2666 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2669 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 \begin_layout Standard
3124 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3131 You're probably also wondering what
3132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3136 \begin_inset space ~
3140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3144 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3145 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3150 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3155 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3165 headings, there are also
3173 headings, and so on.
3174 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3175 \begin_inset space ~
3179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3181 reference "sub:Headings"
3188 \begin_layout Subsection
3190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3192 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3197 \begin_inset Index idx
3200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3209 \begin_inset Index idx
3212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3221 \begin_layout Standard
3222 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3224 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3235 \begin_inset space ~
3240 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3242 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3243 to use for your document.
3244 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3248 \begin_layout Standard
3255 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3261 \begin_inset space ~
3266 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3267 You can choose between the following five options:
3270 \begin_layout Labeling
3271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3276 Use default page style of current class.
3279 \begin_layout Labeling
3280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3285 No page numbers or headings.
3288 \begin_layout Labeling
3289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3297 \begin_layout Labeling
3298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3304 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3305 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3308 \begin_layout Labeling
3309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3314 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3320 \begin_inset Index idx
3323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3324 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3330 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3331 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3333 Check the documentation for the
3337 package for more details,
3338 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3347 \begin_layout Standard
3352 of paragraphs is described in section
3353 \begin_inset space ~
3357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3359 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3366 \begin_layout Subsection
3367 Paper Size and Orientation
3368 \begin_inset Index idx
3371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3372 Document ! Paper size
3378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3380 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3387 \begin_layout Standard
3388 You'll find the following options in the menu
3391 \begin_inset space ~
3396 of the dialog of the
3398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3404 \begin_inset Index idx
3407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3416 \begin_layout Labeling
3417 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3421 \begin_inset space ~
3426 What size paper to print on.
3430 \begin_layout Itemize
3436 \begin_layout Itemize
3446 \begin_layout Itemize
3452 \begin_layout Itemize
3458 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Labeling
3477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3482 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3493 \begin_layout Labeling
3494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3498 \begin_inset space ~
3503 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3504 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3507 \begin_layout Subsection
3509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3516 \begin_inset Index idx
3519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3526 \begin_inset Index idx
3529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3538 \begin_layout Standard
3539 Paper margins are set in the menu
3541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3545 \begin_inset Index idx
3548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3557 \begin_layout Standard
3558 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3559 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3560 the paper format and the font size into account.
3563 \begin_layout Subsection
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3573 That includes the paragraph environments.
3574 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3575 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3576 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3577 paragraph environments to
3581 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3582 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3583 the conversion and why it failed.
3586 \begin_layout Section
3587 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3588 \begin_inset Index idx
3591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3592 Paragraph ! Indentation
3600 \begin_layout Subsection
3602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3604 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3611 \begin_layout Standard
3612 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3613 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3617 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3618 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3619 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3620 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3624 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3630 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3631 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3632 language than English.
3633 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3636 \begin_layout Standard
3637 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3638 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3640 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3641 LyX takes care of that.
3642 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3644 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3645 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3646 of a page, and so on.
3650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3651 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3656 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3657 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3661 of these pre-coded spacings.
3662 We'll explain more later.
3665 \begin_layout Subsection
3666 Paragraph Separation
3667 \begin_inset Index idx
3670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3671 Paragraph ! Separation
3679 \begin_layout Standard
3680 To separate paragraphs, select
3691 \begin_inset space ~
3698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3702 \begin_inset Index idx
3705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3711 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3712 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3713 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3716 \begin_layout Standard
3726 \begin_layout Standard
3727 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3728 \begin_inset space ~
3732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3734 reference "cap:Units"
3739 The default length is 30
3740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3746 \begin_layout Subsection
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3754 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3756 \begin_inset space ~
3761 dialog and toggle the
3764 \begin_inset space ~
3769 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3772 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3776 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3777 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3782 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3783 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3786 \begin_layout Subsection
3788 \begin_inset Index idx
3791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3792 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3800 \begin_layout Standard
3803 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3807 \begin_inset Index idx
3810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3819 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3822 \begin_inset space ~
3831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3837 \begin_inset Index idx
3840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3841 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3846 installed to use this feature.
3854 \begin_layout Section
3855 Paragraph Environments
3856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3858 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3863 \begin_inset Index idx
3866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3867 Paragraph ! Environments
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3877 Paragraph environments|(
3885 \begin_layout Subsection
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3890 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3912 \begin_inset Newline newline
3915 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3916 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3917 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3926 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3930 A paragraph environment is simply a
3931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3938 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3939 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3940 scheme, labels, and so on.
3941 Additionally, you can
3942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3949 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3950 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3951 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3952 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3953 days of typewriters.
3954 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3956 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3959 \begin_layout Standard
3960 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3961 \begin_inset Graphics
3962 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3968 at the left end of the toolbar.
3969 LyX will change the environment of the
3973 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3974 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3975 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3979 \begin_layout Standard
3988 create a new paragraph using the
3992 paragraph environment.
3994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4001 because if you are in one of these environments:
4004 \begin_layout Itemize
4010 \begin_layout Itemize
4016 \begin_layout Itemize
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 \begin_layout Itemize
4034 \begin_layout Itemize
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Standard
4047 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4051 , rather than resetting it to
4056 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4057 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4058 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4059 \begin_inset space ~
4063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4065 reference "sec:Nesting"
4070 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4075 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4076 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4080 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4086 \begin_layout Subsection
4090 \begin_layout Standard
4091 The default paragraph environment is
4096 It creates a plain paragraph.
4097 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4098 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4099 this manual) are in the
4106 \begin_layout Standard
4107 You can nest a paragraph using the
4111 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4119 \begin_layout Subsection
4121 \begin_inset Index idx
4124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4133 \begin_layout Standard
4134 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4143 for thanks or contact information.
4144 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4145 page along with today's date.
4146 For other types of documents, the title
4147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4154 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4173 Here's how you use them:
4176 \begin_layout Itemize
4177 Put the title of your document in the
4184 \begin_layout Itemize
4185 Put the author name in the
4192 \begin_layout Itemize
4193 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4194 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4200 Note that using this environment is optional.
4201 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4202 If you don't want any date, add the line
4203 \begin_inset Newline newline
4213 \begin_inset Newline newline
4216 to the preamble of your document (menu
4218 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4225 You can use footnotes to insert
4226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4233 or contact information.
4236 \begin_layout Subsection
4238 \begin_inset Index idx
4241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4257 \begin_layout Standard
4258 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4259 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4264 \begin_inset Index idx
4267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4268 Section headings ! Numbered
4276 \begin_layout Standard
4277 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4281 \begin_layout Enumerate
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4293 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Standard
4324 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4325 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4326 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4329 \begin_layout Standard
4330 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4331 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4332 You group the book into chapters.
4333 LyX does similar grouping:
4336 \begin_layout Itemize
4341 is divided in either
4352 \begin_layout Itemize
4364 \begin_layout Itemize
4376 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Standard
4413 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4421 Not all document types use the
4425 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4430 is the top-level heading.
4438 \begin_layout Standard
4443 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4444 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4446 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4460 \begin_inset Index idx
4463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4464 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4473 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4477 \begin_layout Enumerate
4483 \begin_layout Enumerate
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4516 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4517 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4518 table of contents, see section
4519 \begin_inset space ~
4523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4533 Changing the Numbering
4534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4536 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4543 \begin_layout Standard
4544 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4545 in the Table of Contents.
4546 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4548 Certain classes start with
4562 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4572 This is something you can change.
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4584 \begin_inset Index idx
4587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4598 \begin_inset space ~
4602 \begin_inset space ~
4607 you'll see two counters.
4612 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4614 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4619 Short Titles of Headings
4620 \begin_inset Index idx
4623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4624 Section headings ! Short titles
4633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4642 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4649 \begin_layout Standard
4650 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4651 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4652 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4653 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4658 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4659 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4660 To specify a short title, use the menu
4662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4664 \begin_inset space ~
4670 This will insert a box labeled
4671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4686 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4687 This also works for captions inside floats.
4690 \begin_layout Standard
4691 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4699 The following information applies to all section headings:
4702 \begin_layout Itemize
4703 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4706 \begin_layout Itemize
4707 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4718 \begin_layout Subsection
4719 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4737 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4738 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4739 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4740 the text they contain.
4741 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4749 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4752 \begin_layout Standard
4753 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4762 when you start a new paragraph.
4763 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4767 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4768 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4769 to change back to the
4773 environment yourself.
4776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4793 \begin_inset Index idx
4796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4805 \begin_layout Standard
4806 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4807 time for the differences.
4816 are identical except for one difference:
4820 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4829 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4832 \begin_layout Standard
4833 Here's an example of the
4846 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4848 See – no indentation!
4852 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4853 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4854 the other paragraph.
4857 \begin_layout Standard
4858 Here's another example, this time in the
4865 \begin_layout Quotation
4871 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4872 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4873 the first line, then
4877 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4881 you were quoting other text.
4884 \begin_layout Quotation
4885 Here's a new paragraph.
4886 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4887 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4890 \begin_layout Standard
4891 As the examples show,
4895 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4896 They should put quotes in the
4901 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4905 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4914 \begin_inset Index idx
4917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4926 \begin_inset Index idx
4929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4945 \begin_layout Standard
4950 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4956 \begin_inset Newline newline
4959 Which I did not rehearse!
4963 It could be much worse.
4964 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4966 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4967 indented a bit more than the first.
4968 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4974 \begin_inset Newline newline
4977 And make things look fine
4978 \begin_inset Newline newline
4984 arg "newline-insert newline"
4990 \begin_layout Standard
4995 does not indent both margins.
4996 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4997 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5004 arg "newline-insert newline"
5010 \begin_layout Subsection
5012 \begin_inset Index idx
5015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5031 \begin_layout Standard
5032 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5042 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5051 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5052 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5053 some general features of all four of them.
5056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5061 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5063 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5072 reset the environment to
5076 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5077 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5078 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5082 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5085 to break paragraphs.
5088 \begin_layout Standard
5089 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5090 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5092 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5093 you read all of section
5094 \begin_inset space ~
5098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5100 reference "sec:Nesting"
5108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5114 \begin_inset Index idx
5117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5134 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5138 paragraph environment.
5139 It has the following properties:
5142 \begin_layout Itemize
5143 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5147 \begin_layout Itemize
5148 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5151 \begin_layout Itemize
5152 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5156 \begin_layout Itemize
5157 The items can have any length.
5158 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5159 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5166 \begin_layout Itemize
5171 environment inside another
5175 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5179 \begin_layout Itemize
5180 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5183 \begin_layout Itemize
5184 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5187 \begin_layout Itemize
5189 \begin_inset space ~
5193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5195 reference "sec:Nesting"
5199 for a full explanation of nesting.
5203 \begin_layout Standard
5204 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5213 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5217 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5218 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5219 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5222 \begin_layout Itemize
5223 The label for the first level
5227 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5231 \begin_layout Itemize
5232 The label for the second level is a dash.
5236 \begin_layout Itemize
5237 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5241 \begin_layout Itemize
5242 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5246 \begin_layout Itemize
5247 Back out to the third level.
5251 \begin_layout Itemize
5252 Back to the second level.
5256 \begin_layout Itemize
5257 Back to the outermost level.
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5261 These are the default labels for an
5266 You can customize these labels in the
5268 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5271 dialog in the submenu
5278 \begin_inset Index idx
5281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5292 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5294 \begin_inset space ~
5298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5300 reference "sec:Nesting"
5307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5313 \begin_inset Index idx
5316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5325 name "sec:Enumerate"
5332 \begin_layout Standard
5337 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5338 It has these properties:
5341 \begin_layout Enumerate
5342 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5346 \begin_layout Enumerate
5347 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5351 \begin_layout Enumerate
5352 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5355 \begin_layout Enumerate
5360 environment resets the counter to one.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5376 \begin_layout Enumerate
5377 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5378 Items can have any length.
5381 \begin_layout Enumerate
5382 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5385 \begin_layout Enumerate
5386 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5389 \begin_layout Enumerate
5390 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5394 \begin_layout Standard
5403 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5404 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5411 \begin_layout Enumerate
5412 The first level of an
5416 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5420 \begin_layout Enumerate
5421 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5425 \begin_layout Enumerate
5426 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5430 \begin_layout Enumerate
5431 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5434 \begin_layout Enumerate
5435 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5440 \begin_layout Enumerate
5441 Back to the third level
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Back to the second level.
5450 \begin_layout Enumerate
5451 Back to the outermost level.
5454 \begin_layout Standard
5455 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5460 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5465 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5469 \begin_layout Standard
5470 There is more to nesting
5474 environments than we've stated here.
5475 You should read section
5476 \begin_inset space ~
5480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5482 reference "sec:Nesting"
5486 to learn more about nesting.
5489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5495 \begin_inset Index idx
5498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5508 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5512 list has no fixed label.
5513 Instead, LyX uses the first
5514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5521 of the first line as the label.
5525 \begin_layout Description
5526 Example: This is an example of the
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5534 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5538 \begin_layout Standard
5540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5547 it is meant that the first hit of the
5551 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5553 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5561 arg "space-insert protected"
5566 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5567 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5569 \begin_inset space ~
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5581 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5585 for more info.) Here is an example:
5588 \begin_layout Description
5590 \begin_inset space ~
5593 Example: This one shows how to use a
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5608 \begin_layout Description
5609 Usage: You should use the
5613 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5614 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5616 It's not a good idea to use a
5620 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5621 You're better off using
5633 paragraphs into them.
5636 \begin_layout Description
5637 Nesting: You can nest
5641 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5645 \begin_layout Standard
5646 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5647 them from the first line.
5650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5656 \begin_inset Index idx
5659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5673 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5677 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5685 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5690 environment is named
5702 \begin_layout Standard
5711 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5712 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5715 \begin_layout Labeling
5716 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5718 \begin_inset space ~
5721 labels LyX uses the first
5722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5729 of each line as the item label.
5734 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5735 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5736 blank as described above.
5739 \begin_layout Labeling
5740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5741 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5742 the body of the item text.
5743 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5744 label width plus a little extra space.
5748 \begin_layout Labeling
5749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5754 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5756 If the label width is larger, the label
5757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5764 into the first line.
5765 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5766 margin of the rest of the item text.
5769 \begin_layout Labeling
5770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5772 \begin_inset space ~
5775 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5780 environment have the same left margin.
5781 \begin_inset Newline newline
5784 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5787 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5798 \begin_inset space ~
5803 determines the default label width.
5804 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5813 multiple times instead.
5814 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5823 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5826 \begin_inset space ~
5831 every time you alter a label in a
5836 \begin_inset Newline newline
5839 The predefined default width is the length of
5840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5849 \begin_inset Newline newline
5853 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5861 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5862 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5870 \begin_layout Standard
5875 environment the same way like the
5879 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5885 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5889 \begin_layout Standard
5894 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5896 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5898 \begin_inset space ~
5902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5904 reference "sec:Nesting"
5908 to learn about nesting.
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5912 There is yet another feature of the
5916 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5918 You can use additional
5922 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5927 are documented in section
5928 \begin_inset space ~
5932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5934 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5939 Here are some examples:
5940 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5948 Left The default for
5955 \begin_layout Labeling
5956 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5957 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5964 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5969 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5980 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5983 \begin_layout Subsection
5985 \begin_inset Index idx
5988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6005 \begin_inset space ~
6013 \begin_layout Standard
6014 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6022 \begin_inset space ~
6028 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6029 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6030 In contrast, you can use the
6037 \begin_inset space ~
6042 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6043 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6047 \begin_layout Standard
6048 Of course, you're not limited to using
6055 \begin_inset space ~
6064 \begin_inset space ~
6069 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6070 some European academic papers.
6073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6077 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6084 \begin_layout Standard
6089 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6090 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6094 \begin_inset space ~
6099 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6100 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6101 Here's an example of each:
6104 \begin_layout Right Address
6106 \begin_inset Newline newline
6110 \begin_inset Newline newline
6114 \begin_inset Newline newline
6117 When is it? What is today?
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6124 \begin_inset space ~
6130 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6131 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6132 Here's an example of the
6139 \begin_layout Address
6141 \begin_inset Newline newline
6144 Where do I send this
6145 \begin_inset Newline newline
6148 Your post office and country
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152 As you can see, both
6159 \begin_inset space ~
6164 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6169 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6175 This makes sense, since
6183 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6184 Thus, you have to use
6191 arg "newline-insert newline"
6197 \begin_inset space ~
6200 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6202 \begin_inset space ~
6211 menu) to start a new line in an
6218 \begin_inset space ~
6226 \begin_layout Subsection
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6231 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6232 or list of references.
6233 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6240 \begin_inset Index idx
6243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6252 \begin_layout Standard
6257 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6258 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6259 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6260 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6264 in anything else or vice versa.
6270 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6271 The book document classes ignores the
6275 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6279 in a letter document class.
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6287 environment does several things for you.
6288 First, it puts the centered label
6289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6297 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6299 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6300 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6301 the subsequent text.
6302 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6303 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6306 \begin_layout Standard
6307 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6311 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6312 The new paragraph will still be in the
6317 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6318 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 \begin_inset Float figure
6327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6329 \begin_inset Graphics
6330 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6338 \begin_inset Caption
6340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6343 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6364 \begin_layout Standard
6365 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6369 environment, but since this document is in the
6370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6377 class, we can't do this.
6378 We inserted it therefore as figure
6379 \begin_inset space ~
6383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6385 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6390 If you've never heard of an
6391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6398 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6401 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6407 \begin_inset Index idx
6410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6419 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6426 \begin_layout Standard
6431 environment is used to list references.
6432 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6433 only use it at the end of the document.
6438 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6441 \begin_layout Standard
6442 When you first open a
6446 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6462 depending on the document class.
6463 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6464 Each paragraph of the
6468 environment is a bibliography entry.
6473 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6474 Each new paragraph is still in the
6481 \begin_layout Standard
6482 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6483 by using a BibTeX database.
6484 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6485 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6486 \begin_inset space ~
6490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6492 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6499 \begin_layout Subsection
6503 \begin_inset Index idx
6506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6507 Paragraph ! LyX code
6513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6527 environment is another LyX extension.
6528 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6533 key as a fixed whitespace;
6537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6549 \begin_inset space ~
6554 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6559 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6560 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6563 arg "newline-insert newline"
6580 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6581 So, when you finish using the
6585 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6586 Also, you can nest the
6590 environment inside of others.
6593 \begin_layout Standard
6594 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6597 \begin_layout Itemize
6601 arg "newline-insert newline"
6604 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6609 \begin_inset space \space{}
6619 arg "newline-insert newline"
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6629 arg "newline-insert newline"
6640 \begin_layout Itemize
6645 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6656 arg "space-insert protected"
6663 \begin_layout Itemize
6664 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6665 You must put at least one
6669 in any line you want blank.
6670 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6673 \begin_layout Itemize
6674 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6678 since that will insert
6683 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6686 arg "self-insert \""
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6696 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6700 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6704 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6713 printf("Hello World!
6718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6722 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6727 This is just the standard
6728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6739 \begin_layout Standard
6744 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6745 rc-files, and so on.
6746 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6747 as if you used a typewriter.
6748 \begin_inset Index idx
6751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6752 Paragraph environments|)
6760 \begin_layout Section
6761 Nesting Environments
6762 \begin_inset Index idx
6765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6766 Nesting ! Environments
6772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6781 \begin_layout Subsection
6785 \begin_layout Standard
6786 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6788 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6790 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6792 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6804 \begin_layout Enumerate
6808 \begin_layout Enumerate
6813 \begin_layout Enumerate
6817 \begin_layout Enumerate
6822 \begin_layout Enumerate
6826 \begin_layout Standard
6827 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6828 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6831 \begin_inset space ~
6835 \begin_inset space ~
6843 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6856 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6857 will tell you how far you are nested).
6858 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6859 \begin_inset Graphics
6860 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6865 \begin_inset Graphics
6866 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6870 or the convenient key bindings
6881 arg "depth-increment"
6887 arg "depth-decrement"
6890 to change the nesting level.
6891 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6892 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6896 \begin_layout Standard
6897 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6898 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6899 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6900 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6903 \begin_layout Standard
6904 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6905 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6907 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6910 \begin_layout Subsection
6911 What You Can and Can't Nest
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6916 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6921 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6922 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6925 \begin_layout Itemize
6926 Completely unnestable
6929 \begin_layout Itemize
6930 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6934 \begin_layout Itemize
6935 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6939 \begin_layout Standard
6940 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6941 environments have them:
6944 \begin_layout Description
6945 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6946 Can't nest into them.
6950 \begin_layout Itemize
6956 \begin_layout Itemize
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6981 \begin_layout Description
6983 \begin_inset space ~
6986 Nestable You can nest them.
6987 You can nest other things into them.
6991 \begin_layout Itemize
6997 \begin_layout Itemize
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 \begin_layout Description
7041 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7042 You can't nest anything into them.
7046 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 \begin_layout Itemize
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 \begin_inset space ~
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Standard
7142 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7150 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7159 \begin_inset space ~
7163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7167 \begin_inset space \space{}
7170 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7171 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7172 section headings violate this.
7180 \begin_layout Subsection
7181 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7182 \begin_inset Index idx
7185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7186 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7194 \begin_layout Standard
7195 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7196 affected by nesting anyhow.
7200 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 \begin_layout Itemize
7212 \begin_layout Standard
7214 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7222 Figures and tables in
7226 are not affected by this.
7231 Have a look at section
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7238 reference "sec:Floats"
7242 for more information about
7249 \begin_layout Standard
7250 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7251 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7264 of its own, it behaves just like a
7265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7272 paragraph environment.
7273 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7277 \begin_layout Standard
7278 Here's an example with a table:
7281 \begin_layout Enumerate
7286 \begin_layout Enumerate
7287 This is (a) and it's nested.
7291 \begin_layout Standard
7292 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7300 \begin_inset Tabular
7301 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7302 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7303 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 \begin_layout Standard
7389 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7396 \begin_layout Enumerate
7398 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7402 \begin_layout Enumerate
7406 \begin_layout Standard
7407 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7410 \begin_layout Enumerate
7415 \begin_layout Enumerate
7416 This is (a) and it's nested.
7420 \begin_layout Standard
7421 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7427 \begin_layout Standard
7429 \begin_inset Tabular
7430 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7431 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7517 \begin_layout Standard
7518 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7524 \begin_layout Enumerate
7531 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7534 \begin_layout Enumerate
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7546 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7549 \begin_layout Enumerate
7554 \begin_layout Enumerate
7555 This is (a) and it's nested.
7558 \begin_layout Standard
7559 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7565 \begin_layout Standard
7567 \begin_inset Tabular
7568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7569 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7662 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7672 \begin_layout Enumerate
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7683 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7684 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7688 \begin_layout Subsection
7689 Usage and General Features
7692 \begin_layout Standard
7693 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7702 is the innermost possible depth.
7703 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7706 \begin_layout Enumerate
7707 level #1 - outermost
7711 \begin_layout Enumerate
7716 \begin_layout Enumerate
7721 \begin_layout Enumerate
7726 \begin_layout Itemize
7731 \begin_layout Itemize
7740 \begin_layout Standard
7741 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7742 both of them in the example.
7743 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7753 For example, if we tried to nest another
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 , we would get errors.
7768 \begin_layout Subsection
7770 \begin_inset Index idx
7773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7782 \begin_layout Standard
7783 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7784 We have several examples of nested environments.
7785 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7790 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7793 \begin_layout Labeling
7794 \labelwidthstring MMM
7795 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7804 \begin_layout Labeling
7805 \labelwidthstring MMM
7806 #2-a This is level #2.
7807 We created it by using
7810 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7816 arg "depth-increment"
7823 \begin_layout Labeling
7824 \labelwidthstring MMM
7825 #3-a This is level #3.
7826 This time, we just hit
7833 arg "depth-increment"
7837 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7841 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7847 arg "depth-increment"
7854 \begin_layout Standard
7859 environment, nested inside of
7860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7868 So, it's at level #4.
7869 We did this by hitting
7872 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7878 arg "depth-increment"
7881 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7886 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7902 \begin_layout Standard
7907 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7910 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7916 \begin_layout Labeling
7917 \labelwidthstring MMM
7918 #4-a This is level #4.
7922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7925 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7930 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7934 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7939 keep nesting things inside
7940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7951 \begin_layout Labeling
7952 \labelwidthstring MMM
7953 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7958 \begin_layout Labeling
7959 \labelwidthstring MMM
7960 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7961 and this is level #6.
7962 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7966 \begin_layout Labeling
7967 \labelwidthstring MMM
7968 #5-b Back to level #5.
7972 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7978 arg "depth-decrement"
7985 \begin_layout Labeling
7986 \labelwidthstring MMM
7990 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7996 arg "depth-decrement"
7999 , we're back at level #4.
8003 \begin_layout Labeling
8004 \labelwidthstring MMM
8005 #3-b Back to level #3.
8006 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8010 \begin_layout Labeling
8011 \labelwidthstring MMM
8012 #2-b Back to level #2.
8017 \begin_layout Labeling
8018 \labelwidthstring MMM
8019 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8020 After this sentence, we'll hit
8024 and change the paragraph environment back to
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 We could have also used the
8048 environment in place of the
8053 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8057 Example 2: Inheritance
8060 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8061 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8064 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8073 arg "depth-increment"
8076 , after which, we'll change to the
8084 \begin_layout Enumerate
8089 environment, at level #2.
8092 \begin_layout Enumerate
8093 Notice how the nested
8097 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8101 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8105 \begin_layout Standard
8106 We ended this example by hitting
8111 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8115 and reset the nesting depth by using
8118 arg "depth-decrement"
8124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8125 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8138 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8146 \begin_layout Enumerate
8147 This is level #1, in an
8151 paragraph environment.
8152 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8156 \begin_layout Enumerate
8161 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8167 arg "depth-increment"
8171 Now, what happens if we nest an
8175 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8176 label be? An asterisk?
8180 \begin_layout Itemize
8190 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8191 So, its label is a bullet.
8192 (We got here by using
8195 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8201 arg "depth-increment"
8204 , then changing the environment to
8212 \begin_layout Itemize
8213 Here's level #4, produced using
8216 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8222 arg "depth-increment"
8226 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8231 \begin_layout Enumerate
8232 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8234 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8239 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8243 , because we are in the
8252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8271 \begin_layout Enumerate
8276 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8277 type of numbering does LyX use?
8280 \begin_layout Enumerate
8281 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8284 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8287 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8290 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 arg "depth-decrement"
8297 to decrease the depth after the next
8300 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8307 \begin_layout Enumerate
8309 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8313 \begin_layout Enumerate
8315 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8316 numeral as the label.Why?
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8320 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8329 Notice, however, that LyX
8333 reset the counter for the label.
8337 \begin_layout Enumerate
8341 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8347 arg "depth-decrement"
8350 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8351 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8352 into the twofold-nested
8360 \begin_layout Enumerate
8361 The same thing happens if we do another
8364 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8370 arg "depth-decrement"
8373 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8382 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8396 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8402 The same rule applies for the
8406 environment, as well.
8409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8410 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8413 \begin_layout Enumerate
8414 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8415 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8416 same detail with how we did it.
8425 \begin_layout Standard
8433 arg "depth-increment"
8440 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8441 example in parentheses someplace.
8442 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8443 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8444 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8448 \begin_layout Enumerate
8453 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8458 Now we'll add verse.
8459 \begin_inset Newline newline
8462 It will get much worse.
8463 \begin_inset Newline newline
8473 arg "depth-increment"
8484 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8485 \begin_inset Newline newline
8488 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8489 \begin_inset Newline newline
8495 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8508 \begin_layout Standard
8509 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8515 \begin_layout Standard
8517 \begin_inset Tabular
8518 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8519 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8610 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8620 arg "depth-increment"
8626 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8636 arg "depth-decrement"
8643 \begin_layout Enumerate
8648 : level #1) This is another item.
8649 Note that selecting a
8653 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8654 3 times to put the table inside the
8662 \begin_layout Quotation
8663 We're now ending the
8667 list and changing to
8672 We're still at level #1.
8673 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8674 The next set of paragraphs is a
8675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8689 \begin_inset space ~
8694 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8698 for the letter body.
8702 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8705 to preserve the depth.
8706 Remember that you need to use
8709 arg "newline-insert newline"
8712 to create multiple lines inside the
8719 \begin_inset space ~
8729 \begin_layout Right Address
8731 \begin_inset Newline newline
8734 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8735 \begin_inset Newline newline
8741 \begin_layout Address
8743 \begin_inset space ~
8749 \begin_layout Quotation
8750 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8754 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8755 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8756 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8757 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8758 as soon as possible.
8759 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8762 \begin_layout Quotation
8763 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8764 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8765 with your order, along with payment.
8768 \begin_layout Quotation
8769 We thank you again for your patience.
8772 \begin_layout Address
8774 \begin_inset Newline newline
8781 \begin_layout Quotation
8782 That ends that example!
8785 \begin_layout Standard
8786 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8787 just a few keystrokes.
8788 We could have easily nested an
8809 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8812 \begin_layout Section
8813 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8814 \begin_inset Index idx
8817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8826 \begin_layout Standard
8827 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8828 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8829 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8830 be broken at the end of a line.
8831 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8835 \begin_layout Subsection
8837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8839 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8844 \begin_inset Index idx
8847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8856 \begin_layout Standard
8857 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8859 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8863 Further documentation is given in section
8864 \begin_inset Newline newline
8868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8870 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8878 \begin_layout Standard
8879 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8894 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8903 A protected space is set with
8905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8906 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8910 \begin_inset space ~
8920 arg "space-insert protected"
8926 \begin_layout Subsection
8928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8930 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8935 \begin_inset Index idx
8938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8939 Spacing ! Horizontal
8947 \begin_layout Standard
8948 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8951 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8955 The length units are listed in Appendix
8956 \begin_inset space ~
8960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8962 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8973 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8978 \begin_inset Index idx
8981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8992 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8996 \begin_inset space \space{}
8999 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9000 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9001 \begin_inset space ~
9005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9007 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9012 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9013 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9016 arg "space-insert normal"
9022 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9026 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9031 \begin_inset Index idx
9034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9043 \begin_layout Standard
9045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9052 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9061 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9062 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9063 inside abbreviations:
9068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9072 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 or between values and units.
9077 Compare for example this:
9078 \begin_inset Newline newline
9082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9086 \begin_inset Newline newline
9092 \begin_layout Standard
9093 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9096 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9098 \begin_inset space ~
9106 arg "space-insert thin"
9112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9116 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9123 \begin_layout Standard
9124 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9127 \begin_layout Description
9129 \begin_inset space ~
9133 \begin_inset space ~
9137 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9141 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9145 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9148 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9151 \begin_layout Description
9153 \begin_inset space ~
9157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9161 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9165 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9169 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9176 em) space between the arrows.
9179 \begin_layout Description
9181 \begin_inset space ~
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9189 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9193 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9197 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9201 \begin_inset space ~
9205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9208 em) space between the arrows.
9211 \begin_layout Description
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9221 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9225 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9229 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9233 \begin_inset space ~
9237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9240 em) space between the arrows.
9243 \begin_layout Description
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9253 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9258 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9265 cm space between the arrows.
9268 \begin_layout Standard
9270 \begin_inset space ~
9274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9276 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9280 lists the different space sizes.
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9284 \begin_inset Float table
9289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9291 \begin_inset Caption
9293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9296 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9300 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9310 \begin_inset Tabular
9311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9312 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9537 \begin_inset Index idx
9540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9550 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9551 in a uniform fashion.
9552 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9553 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9554 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9555 equally between themselves.
9559 \begin_layout Standard
9560 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9565 This is on the left side
9566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9569 This is on the right
9575 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9602 \begin_layout Standard
9603 That was an example in the
9609 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9617 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9620 is one in a standard paragraph.
9621 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9625 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9629 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9632 \begin_inset space ~
9637 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9640 \begin_layout Standard
9642 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9646 \begin_inset space ~
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9654 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9721 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9725 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9726 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9727 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9731 option in the space dialog.
9739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9741 \begin_inset Index idx
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9753 \begin_layout Standard
9754 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9760 \begin_inset space \space{}
9763 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9767 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9770 What is correct English?:
9771 \begin_inset Newline newline
9775 \begin_inset Newline newline
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9782 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9801 \begin_inset Newline newline
9808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9819 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9825 \begin_layout Standard
9826 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9831 \begin_inset space ~
9835 \begin_inset space ~
9839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9843 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9861 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9865 for more information about TeX-Code.
9871 In our case write the command
9878 (note the space after
9879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9886 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9887 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9888 That is why it is named
9889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9901 There exists also the commands
9913 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9914 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9915 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9917 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9929 \begin_layout Subsection
9931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9933 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9938 \begin_inset Index idx
9941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9951 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9954 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9956 \begin_inset space ~
9962 There you find the following sizes:
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9978 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9983 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9989 \begin_inset Index idx
9992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9998 for the paragraph separation.
9999 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10010 \begin_layout Standard
10016 \begin_inset Index idx
10019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10025 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10026 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10028 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10029 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10038 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10047 s are described in section
10048 \begin_inset space ~
10052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10054 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10063 If there are several
10067 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10068 You can therefore use
10072 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10075 \begin_layout Standard
10080 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10081 \begin_inset space ~
10085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10087 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10094 \begin_layout Standard
10095 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10105 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10106 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10118 \begin_layout Subsection
10119 Paragraph Alignment
10122 \begin_layout Standard
10123 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10125 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10129 There are four possibilities:
10132 \begin_layout Itemize
10140 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10146 \begin_layout Itemize
10154 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10160 \begin_layout Itemize
10168 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10174 \begin_layout Itemize
10182 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10188 \begin_layout Itemize
10196 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10202 \begin_layout Standard
10203 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10204 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10205 the left and right margins.
10206 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10209 \begin_layout Standard
10211 This paragraph is right aligned,
10214 \begin_layout Standard
10216 this one is centered,
10219 \begin_layout Standard
10221 this one is left aligned.
10224 \begin_layout Subsection
10226 \begin_inset Index idx
10229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10230 Page breaks ! Forced
10236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10238 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10246 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10247 can force a page break where you want one.
10248 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10249 Only if you use a lot of
10253 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10256 \begin_layout Standard
10257 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10258 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10262 have to change the page breaking.
10265 \begin_layout Standard
10266 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10268 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10271 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10273 \begin_inset space ~
10279 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10282 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10284 \begin_inset space ~
10289 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10291 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10292 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10295 \begin_layout Standard
10296 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10297 at the top of a page.
10298 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10299 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10300 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10301 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10305 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10309 to learn more about
10316 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10320 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10325 \begin_inset Index idx
10328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10329 Page breaks ! Clear
10337 \begin_layout Standard
10338 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10339 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10340 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10341 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10342 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10346 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10349 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10357 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10366 \begin_inset space ~
10371 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10372 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10375 \begin_layout Subsection
10377 \begin_inset Index idx
10380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10389 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10396 \begin_layout Standard
10397 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10399 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10402 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10404 \begin_inset space ~
10408 \begin_inset space ~
10416 arg "newline-insert newline"
10420 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10423 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10425 \begin_inset space ~
10429 \begin_inset space ~
10434 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10436 This is necessary to avoid
10437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10444 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10447 \begin_layout Standard
10448 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10449 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10450 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10451 set a line break, e.
10452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10456 \begin_inset space \space{}
10459 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10460 \begin_inset space ~
10464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10466 reference "sec:Quote"
10471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10473 reference "sec:Verse"
10478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10480 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10487 \begin_layout Subsection
10489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10491 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10496 \begin_inset Index idx
10499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10514 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10516 \begin_inset space ~
10521 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10527 \begin_layout Section
10528 Characters and Symbols
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10533 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10538 \begin_inset space \space{}
10541 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10549 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10553 for information on how this is done.
10556 \begin_layout Standard
10557 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10562 dialog via the menu
10564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10580 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10581 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10582 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10590 \begin_layout Section
10591 Fonts and Text Styles
10592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10594 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10601 \begin_layout Subsection
10603 \begin_inset Index idx
10606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10615 \begin_layout Standard
10616 There are two types of fonts:
10619 \begin_layout Description
10621 \begin_inset space ~
10625 \begin_inset Index idx
10628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10634 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10639 characters) in the font.
10640 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10641 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10642 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10643 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10644 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10645 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10646 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10647 \begin_inset Newline newline
10650 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10651 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10652 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10653 sizes than at small ones.
10654 \begin_inset Newline newline
10668 \begin_inset space ~
10676 \begin_layout Description
10678 \begin_inset space ~
10682 \begin_inset Index idx
10685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10691 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10692 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10693 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10694 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10695 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10696 picture manipulation program.
10697 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10698 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10699 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10700 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10701 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10703 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10704 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10705 \begin_inset Newline newline
10708 Bitmap fonts are named
10711 \begin_inset space ~
10716 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10721 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10722 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10723 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10724 use scalable fonts.
10727 \begin_layout Standard
10728 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10729 its document properties.
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10733 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10734 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10735 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10736 font to emphasize text, you use an
10737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10745 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10746 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10750 \begin_layout Subsection
10751 Document Font and Font size
10752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10754 name "sub:Document-Font"
10759 \begin_inset Index idx
10762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10769 \begin_inset Index idx
10772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 You can set the document fonts in the
10784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10788 \begin_inset Index idx
10791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10792 Document ! Settings
10798 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10799 font shapes roman (serif),
10802 \begin_inset space ~
10814 \begin_layout Standard
10815 The possible options for the font include
10819 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10824 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10846 European Computer Modern
10849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10868 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10869 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10877 \begin_inset space ~
10882 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10888 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10889 There are three ways to use one:
10892 \begin_layout Itemize
10893 One way is to use the
10903 Virtual means that it
10904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10915 -glyphs from other fonts.
10916 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10938 Loading the LaTeX-package
10943 \begin_inset Index idx
10946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10947 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10952 with the document preamble line
10953 \begin_inset Newline newline
10960 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10961 \begin_inset Newline newline
10966 will fix the guillemet problem.
10971 and that accented characters are not
10975 glyph, they are build of
10979 characters, the accent and the letter.
10980 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10984 fonts for words with accented characters.
10985 If you search for example for the French word
10986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10993 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11002 and not for the glyph
11003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11007 \begin_inset space ~
11011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 \begin_layout Itemize
11018 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 , consist of these three main font types
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11074 as typewriter font.
11075 \begin_inset Newline newline
11078 The differences between roman,
11081 \begin_inset space ~
11090 fonts are explained in section
11091 \begin_inset space ~
11095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11097 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11102 \begin_inset Newline newline
11109 was originally designed for newspapers.
11110 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11111 into the small newspaper columns.
11116 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11119 \begin_layout Itemize
11120 The best solution is to use the
11129 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11133 as the default font.
11134 In most cases they look the same as
11142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11143 One difference is improved kerning for the
11156 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11167 \begin_layout Standard
11168 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11171 For the font size there are four possible values:
11188 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11191 \begin_layout Standard
11192 The font sizes are the
11197 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11198 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11199 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11202 \begin_inset space ~
11208 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11209 \begin_inset space ~
11213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11215 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11222 \begin_layout Standard
11227 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11228 a font to display the script characters.
11232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11233 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11238 So this has no effect for the document language
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11255 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11259 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11267 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11271 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11272 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11273 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11275 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11278 dialog, see section
11279 \begin_inset space ~
11283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11285 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11297 \begin_layout Subsection
11298 Using Different Character Styles
11299 \begin_inset Index idx
11302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11309 \begin_inset Index idx
11312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11321 \begin_layout Standard
11322 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11323 certain paragraph environments.
11324 LyX supports two character styles,
11333 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11337 \begin_layout Standard
11342 style, do one of the following:
11345 \begin_layout Itemize
11346 click on the toolbar button
11347 \begin_inset Graphics
11348 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11355 \begin_layout Itemize
11356 use the key binding
11365 \begin_layout Standard
11366 These commands are all toggles.
11371 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11374 \begin_layout Standard
11375 One typically uses the
11379 style for proper names.
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11388 is the original author of LyX.
11389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11396 A more widely used character style is the
11401 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11408 \begin_layout Itemize
11409 clicking on the toolbar button
11410 \begin_inset Graphics
11411 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11418 \begin_layout Itemize
11419 using the keybindings
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11433 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11434 es use a different font.
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 We've been using the
11442 style all over the place in this document.
11443 Here's one more example:
11446 \begin_layout Quotation
11449 Don't overuse character styles!
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11454 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11455 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11456 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11460 \begin_layout Standard
11461 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11469 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11471 \begin_inset space ~
11479 \begin_layout Subsection
11480 Fine-Tuning with the
11485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11487 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11492 \begin_inset Index idx
11495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11504 \begin_layout Standard
11505 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11506 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11507 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11508 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11509 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11510 from ordinary dialog.
11513 \begin_layout Standard
11514 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11515 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11516 \begin_inset Newline newline
11519 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11520 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11523 \begin_layout Standard
11524 To use custom character styles, open the
11526 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11528 \begin_inset space ~
11534 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11535 font property which you can choose.
11536 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11539 \begin_inset space ~
11544 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11549 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11550 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11551 environments in a snap.
11554 \begin_layout Standard
11555 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11558 \begin_inset space ~
11570 \begin_layout Labeling
11571 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11585 The possible options are:
11589 \begin_layout Labeling
11590 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11595 This is the Roman font family.
11596 Normally a serif font.
11597 It's also the default family.
11607 \begin_layout Labeling
11608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11612 \begin_inset space ~
11619 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11631 \begin_layout Labeling
11632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11639 This is the Typewriter font family.
11645 arg "font-typewriter"
11654 \begin_layout Labeling
11655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11660 This corresponds to the print weight.
11665 \begin_layout Labeling
11666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11671 This is the Medium font series.
11672 It's also the default series.
11675 \begin_layout Labeling
11676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11683 This is the Bold font series.
11696 \begin_layout Labeling
11697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11702 As the name implies.
11707 \begin_layout Labeling
11708 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 This is the Upright font shape.
11714 It's also the default shape.
11717 \begin_layout Labeling
11718 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 s the Italic font shape
11738 \begin_layout Labeling
11739 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11746 This is the Slanted font shape
11748 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11751 \begin_layout Labeling
11752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11756 \begin_inset space ~
11763 This is the Small caps font shape
11770 \begin_layout Labeling
11771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11776 Alters the size of the font.
11777 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11778 nal to the document font size.
11779 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11780 what you want to do.
11785 \begin_layout Labeling
11786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11807 arg "font-size tiny"
11813 \begin_layout Labeling
11814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11835 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11841 \begin_layout Labeling
11842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11863 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11869 \begin_layout Labeling
11870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11891 arg "font-size small"
11897 \begin_layout Labeling
11898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11912 It's also the default size.
11916 arg "font-size normal"
11922 \begin_layout Labeling
11923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11944 arg "font-size large"
11950 \begin_layout Labeling
11951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 arg "font-size larger"
11978 \begin_layout Labeling
11979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12000 arg "font-size largest"
12006 \begin_layout Labeling
12007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12028 arg "font-size huge"
12034 \begin_layout Labeling
12035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12056 arg "font-size giant"
12063 \begin_layout Standard
12068 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12069 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12070 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12071 - use that instead.
12072 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12075 \begin_layout Labeling
12076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12081 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12086 \begin_layout Labeling
12087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12094 This is text with emphasize on
12097 This might seem like the same as
12101 , but it is actually a bit different.
12107 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12109 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12112 \begin_layout Labeling
12113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12120 This is text with Underbar on.
12126 arg "font-underline"
12132 \begin_inset Newline newline
12137 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12138 when you couldn't change fonts.
12139 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12140 It's only included in LyX because some people
12144 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12147 \begin_layout Labeling
12148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12155 This is text with Noun on.
12162 , this is a logical attribute.
12163 Normally it's equivalent to
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12175 \begin_layout Labeling
12176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12181 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12182 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12186 \begin_inset space ~
12191 , which is the default
12192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12199 and means normally black, you can choose between
12232 \begin_inset Index idx
12235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12244 \begin_layout Labeling
12245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12250 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12251 the language of the document.
12252 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12256 \begin_layout Standard
12257 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12258 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12262 \begin_inset space ~
12267 dialog, the settings are saved.
12268 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12269 \begin_inset Graphics
12270 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12275 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12276 when the dialog isn't visible.
12280 \begin_layout Standard
12281 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12288 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12289 (suppose you just set the shape to
12290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12308 \begin_inset space ~
12320 \begin_layout Standard
12321 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12329 \begin_inset space ~
12341 \begin_layout Itemize
12347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12354 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12372 \begin_inset Newline newline
12379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12404 \begin_inset Note Note
12407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12408 For more on phantoms see section
12409 \begin_inset space ~
12413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12415 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12425 \begin_inset Newline newline
12431 \begin_layout Itemize
12436 fonts use characters with serifs.
12437 These are the small
12438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12445 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12446 The following example will show the difference:
12447 \begin_inset Newline newline
12451 \begin_inset Newline newline
12456 text without serifs
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12462 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12463 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12470 \begin_layout Itemize
12476 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12477 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12480 \begin_layout Standard
12481 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12482 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12485 \begin_layout Section
12486 Printing and Previewing
12489 \begin_layout Subsection
12493 \begin_layout Standard
12494 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12495 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12496 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12497 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12498 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12500 Additional Features
12505 \begin_layout Standard
12506 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12507 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12508 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12509 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12510 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12511 This happens in two stages:
12514 \begin_layout Enumerate
12515 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12516 generating a file with the extension,
12517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12531 \begin_layout Enumerate
12532 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12536 file to produce printable output.
12540 \begin_layout Subsection
12541 Output file formats
12542 \begin_inset Index idx
12545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12554 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12563 \begin_inset Index idx
12566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12567 File formats ! ASCII
12575 \begin_layout Standard
12576 This file type has the extension
12577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12589 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12593 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12603 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12604 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12612 \begin_inset Index idx
12615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12616 File formats ! LaTeX
12624 \begin_layout Standard
12625 This file type has the extension
12626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12637 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12639 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12640 it manually with console commands.
12641 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12642 you view or export your document.
12645 \begin_layout Standard
12646 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12649 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12668 \begin_inset Index idx
12671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12681 This file type has the extension
12682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12702 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12703 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12704 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12708 \begin_layout Standard
12709 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12710 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12711 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12712 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12714 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12720 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12721 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12727 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12729 \begin_inset Index idx
12732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12733 File formats ! PostScript
12741 \begin_layout Standard
12742 This file type has the extension
12743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 PostScript was developed by the company
12759 as a printer language.
12760 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12762 PostScript can be seen as a
12763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12766 programming language
12767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12770 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12775 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12781 \begin_inset Index idx
12784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12785 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12795 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12799 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12803 Encapsulated PostScript
12804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12807 (EPS, file extension
12808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12820 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12821 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12826 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12830 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12831 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12832 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12833 EPS to avoid this problem.
12836 \begin_layout Standard
12837 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12840 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12848 \begin_inset Index idx
12851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12858 \begin_inset Index idx
12861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12870 \begin_layout Standard
12871 This file type has the extension
12872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12888 Portable Document Format
12889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12896 was derived from PostScript.
12897 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12906 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12907 looks exactly the same.
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12915 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12919 (JPG, file extension
12920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12947 Portable Network Graphics
12948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12951 (PNG, file extension
12952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12964 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12965 in the background to one of these formats.
12966 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12967 will slow down your workflow.
12968 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12974 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12977 in three different ways:
12980 \begin_layout Description
12981 PDF This uses the program
12985 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12986 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12990 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12991 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12994 \begin_layout Description
12996 \begin_inset space ~
12999 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13003 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13007 \begin_layout Description
13009 \begin_inset space ~
13012 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13016 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13019 \begin_layout Standard
13020 We recommend to use
13023 \begin_inset space ~
13032 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13033 works without problems.
13038 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13041 \begin_layout Subsection
13043 \begin_inset Index idx
13046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13055 \begin_layout Standard
13056 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13057 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13061 and choose a file type.
13062 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13065 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13068 you can use the toolbar button
13069 \begin_inset Graphics
13070 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13077 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13082 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13084 \begin_inset space ~
13090 \begin_inset Graphics
13091 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13101 \begin_inset Graphics
13102 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13109 arg "buffer-view ps"
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13117 viewer window using the menu
13119 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13128 To have a real output, export your document.
13131 \begin_layout Subsection
13132 Printing the File from within LyX
13133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13135 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13142 \begin_layout Standard
13143 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13144 it directly from within LyX.
13145 To print a file, select the menu
13147 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13150 or click on the toolbar button
13151 \begin_inset Graphics
13152 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13157 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13158 This file is then processed by the program
13162 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13167 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13170 \begin_layout Standard
13171 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13172 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13173 printing one set to print on the other side.
13174 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13175 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13176 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13179 \begin_layout Standard
13180 You can set the parameters in the
13183 \begin_inset space ~
13191 \begin_layout Labeling
13192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13197 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13202 Note that this printer name is for the program
13211 has to be configured for this printer name.
13212 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13213 \begin_inset space ~
13217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13219 reference "sub:Printer"
13228 The printer should understand PostScript.
13231 \begin_layout Labeling
13232 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13237 The name of a file to print to.
13238 The output will be a PostScript file.
13239 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13243 \begin_layout Section
13244 A few Words about Typography
13245 \begin_inset Index idx
13248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13257 \begin_layout Subsection
13259 \begin_inset Index idx
13262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13271 \begin_layout Standard
13273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13284 character comes in four lengths: the
13296 , and the minus sign:
13297 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13303 \begin_layout Standard
13304 \begin_inset Tabular
13305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13306 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13307 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13308 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13309 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13310 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13339 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13379 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13406 \begin_inset space ~
13409 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13416 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13443 \begin_inset space ~
13446 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13467 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13501 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13507 \begin_layout Standard
13508 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13520 character multiple times in a row.
13521 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13522 the final output, but not in LyX.
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13554 \begin_layout Standard
13555 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13556 math mode and has a length of its own.
13557 Here are some examples of the
13558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 \begin_layout Enumerate
13573 line- and page-breaks
13574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13584 \begin_layout Enumerate
13586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13596 \begin_layout Enumerate
13597 Oh — there's a dash.
13598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13608 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13623 \begin_layout Subsection
13625 \begin_inset Index idx
13628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13637 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13644 \begin_layout Standard
13645 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13646 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13651 \begin_inset Index idx
13654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13655 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13660 following the rules of the document language
13664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13665 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13673 \begin_inset space ~
13677 \begin_inset space ~
13684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13696 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13701 font and with unusual constructs, like
13702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13710 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13711 This is done with the menu
13713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13714 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13716 \begin_inset space ~
13722 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13723 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13727 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13728 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13738 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13746 as hyphenation possibility.
13747 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13748 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13749 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13755 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13756 As LyX doesn't support
13762 , you have to use TeX Code.
13763 The result looks in LyX like:
13766 \begin_layout Standard
13767 \begin_inset Graphics
13768 filename clipart/mbox.png
13775 \begin_layout Standard
13776 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13777 \begin_inset space ~
13781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13783 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13790 \begin_layout Subsection
13792 \begin_inset Index idx
13795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13805 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13808 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13815 \begin_layout Standard
13816 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13817 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13818 LaTeX then adds the
13819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13822 appropriate amount of space
13823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13829 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13832 \begin_layout Standard
13833 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13834 not work in all cases.
13836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13847 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13848 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13851 \begin_layout Standard
13852 Here are some examples of
13856 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13859 \begin_layout Itemize
13864 \begin_layout Itemize
13869 \begin_layout Standard
13870 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13873 \begin_layout Itemize
13875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13879 this is too much space!
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13888 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13895 \begin_layout Enumerate
13899 \begin_inset space ~
13904 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13905 \begin_inset space ~
13909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13911 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13916 \begin_inset Index idx
13919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13920 Spaces ! inter-word
13928 \begin_layout Enumerate
13932 \begin_inset space ~
13937 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13938 \begin_inset space ~
13942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13944 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13949 \begin_inset Index idx
13952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13961 \begin_layout Enumerate
13965 \begin_inset space ~
13969 \begin_inset space ~
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13987 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13988 This function is also bound to
13991 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13997 \begin_layout Standard
13998 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14001 \begin_layout Itemize
14003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14007 \begin_inset space \space{}
14010 this is too much space!
14013 \begin_layout Itemize
14014 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14019 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14020 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14021 will take care of this.
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14025 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14029 \begin_inset space ~
14034 feature described in section
14040 Additional Features
14045 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14047 \begin_inset Index idx
14050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14051 Typography ! Quotes
14057 \begin_inset Index idx
14060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14093 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14094 and use a closing quote at the end.
14096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14104 The keyboard character,
14108 , generates this automatically.
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14112 You can change the behavior of the
14116 key using the submenu
14122 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14126 \begin_inset Index idx
14129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14130 Document ! Settings
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14139 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14144 There are six choices:
14147 \begin_layout Labeling
14148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 Use quotes like this
14161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14169 \begin_inset Quotes els
14173 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14179 \begin_layout Labeling
14180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14183 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14187 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14193 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14197 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14201 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14207 \begin_layout Labeling
14208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14211 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14221 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14225 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14229 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14233 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14239 \begin_layout Labeling
14240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14243 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14247 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14253 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14257 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14261 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14265 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14271 \begin_layout Labeling
14272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14275 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14279 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14285 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14289 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14293 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14297 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14303 \begin_layout Labeling
14304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14307 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14311 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14317 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14321 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14325 \begin_inset Quotes als
14329 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14335 \begin_layout Standard
14336 These settings affect what character the
14343 \begin_layout Subsection
14345 \begin_inset Index idx
14348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14349 Typography ! Ligatures
14355 \begin_inset Index idx
14358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14389 name "sub:Ligatures"
14396 \begin_layout Standard
14397 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14398 print them as single characters.
14399 These groups are known as
14404 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14406 Here are the standard ligatures:
14409 \begin_layout Itemize
14413 \begin_layout Itemize
14417 \begin_layout Itemize
14421 \begin_layout Itemize
14425 \begin_layout Itemize
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14435 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14443 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14459 To break a ligature, use
14461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14462 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14464 \begin_inset space ~
14471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14482 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14499 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 \begin_layout Subsection
14509 \begin_inset Index idx
14512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14521 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14528 \begin_layout Standard
14529 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14530 characters in different sizes and heights.
14531 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14532 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14552 \begin_inset Note Note
14555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14556 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14565 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14570 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14574 \begin_layout Description
14575 LyX The name of the game, write
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14597 \begin_layout Description
14598 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 \begin_layout Description
14621 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14643 \begin_layout Description
14644 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14672 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14680 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14681 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14682 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14685 : The actual version is
14686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14693 , the previous one was
14694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14704 \begin_layout Standard
14705 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14710 \begin_inset space \space{}
14713 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14715 This will look in LyX like:
14716 \begin_inset Graphics
14717 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14723 \begin_inset Newline newline
14726 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14727 \begin_inset space ~
14731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14733 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14740 \begin_layout Subsection
14742 \begin_inset Index idx
14745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14754 \begin_layout Standard
14755 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14756 space between two words.
14757 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 for units use the menu
14769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14770 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14772 \begin_inset space ~
14780 arg "space-insert thin"
14786 \begin_layout Standard
14787 Here's an example to show the differences:
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14791 \begin_inset Tabular
14792 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14793 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14794 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14795 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14802 \begin_inset space ~
14806 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14818 space between number and unit
14825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14834 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14846 half space between number and unit
14859 \begin_layout Subsection
14861 \begin_inset Index idx
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14865 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14873 \begin_layout Standard
14874 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14876 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14877 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14878 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14879 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14880 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14881 These bits of text became known as
14892 \begin_layout Standard
14893 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14894 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14895 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14896 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14897 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14898 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14899 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14904 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14905 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14906 \begin_inset space ~
14910 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14912 key "latexcompanion"
14917 \begin_inset space ~
14921 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14927 ] may have more information.
14928 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14931 \begin_layout Chapter
14932 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14935 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14942 \begin_layout Standard
14943 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14948 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14951 \begin_layout Section
14953 \begin_inset Index idx
14956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14973 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14976 \begin_layout Description
14978 \begin_inset space ~
14981 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14982 \begin_inset Newline newline
14986 \begin_inset Note Note
14989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14990 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14998 \begin_layout Description
14999 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15000 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15002 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15003 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15004 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15007 \begin_inset Newline newline
15011 \begin_inset Note Comment
15014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15015 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15023 \begin_layout Description
15025 \begin_inset space ~
15028 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15029 \begin_inset Newline newline
15033 \begin_inset Newline newline
15037 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15046 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15047 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15048 How this can be done is explained in the
15057 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15063 \begin_inset Newline newline
15067 \begin_inset Newline newline
15070 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15071 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15075 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15076 \begin_inset Graphics
15077 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15079 scaleBeforeRotation
15085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15089 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15092 \begin_layout Section
15094 \begin_inset Index idx
15097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15106 name "sec:Footnotes"
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15114 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15120 or the toolbar button
15121 \begin_inset Graphics
15122 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15135 \begin_inset Graphics
15136 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15145 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15174 label, the box will
15178 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15179 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15192 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15209 Here's an example footnote:
15217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15226 \begin_layout Standard
15227 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15228 position where the footnote box is placed.
15229 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15230 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15231 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15232 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15233 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15238 ey are described in the
15245 \begin_layout Section
15247 \begin_inset Index idx
15250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15259 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15266 \begin_layout Standard
15267 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15268 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15272 \begin_inset space ~
15277 or the toolbar button
15278 \begin_inset Graphics
15279 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15306 appearing within your text.
15307 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15317 At the side is an example marginal note.
15321 \begin_inset Marginal
15324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 This is a marginal note.
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15334 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15335 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15336 pages, right on odd pages.
15339 \begin_layout Section
15340 Graphics and Images
15341 \begin_inset Index idx
15344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15351 \begin_inset Index idx
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15363 name "sec:Graphics"
15370 \begin_layout Standard
15371 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15372 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15373 \begin_inset Graphics
15374 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15384 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15387 \begin_layout Standard
15388 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15393 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15394 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15396 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15397 \begin_inset space ~
15401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15403 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15415 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15416 of the image in the output.
15417 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15421 \begin_inset space ~
15425 \begin_inset space ~
15434 \begin_inset space ~
15438 \begin_inset space ~
15442 \begin_inset space ~
15447 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15448 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15456 \begin_layout Standard
15459 LaTeX and LyX options
15461 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15462 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15466 \begin_inset space ~
15471 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15472 with the image size is printed.
15476 \begin_inset space ~
15480 \begin_inset space ~
15484 \begin_inset space ~
15489 is explained in the
15500 \begin_layout Standard
15501 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15502 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15504 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15510 \begin_inset Graphics
15511 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15513 rotateOrigin center
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15521 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15522 the image into a float, see section
15523 \begin_inset space ~
15527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15529 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15536 \begin_layout Subsection
15538 \begin_inset Index idx
15541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15550 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15558 You can insert images in any known file format.
15559 But as we explained in section
15560 \begin_inset space ~
15564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15566 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15570 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15571 LyX uses therefore the program
15575 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15576 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15577 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15578 \begin_inset space ~
15582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15584 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15592 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15595 \begin_layout Description
15597 \begin_inset space ~
15600 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15601 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15602 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15606 Graphics Interchange Format
15607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15610 (GIF, file extension
15611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15623 \begin_inset Index idx
15626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15658 Portable Network Graphics
15659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15662 (PNG, file extension
15663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15675 \begin_inset Index idx
15678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15710 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15714 (JPG, file extension
15715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15739 \begin_inset Index idx
15742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 \begin_layout Description
15775 \begin_inset space ~
15778 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15780 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15781 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15782 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15783 \begin_inset Newline newline
15786 Scalable image formats can be
15787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15790 Scalable Vector Graphics
15791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15794 (SVG, file extension
15795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15807 \begin_inset Index idx
15810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15842 Encapsulated PostScript
15843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15846 (EPS, file extension
15847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15859 \begin_inset Index idx
15862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15894 Portable Document Format
15895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15898 (PDF, file extension
15899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15911 \begin_inset Index idx
15914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15922 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15923 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15929 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15937 \begin_layout Standard
15938 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15942 \begin_layout Subsection
15943 Grouping of Image Settings
15944 \begin_inset Index idx
15947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15948 Images ! Settings grouping
15956 \begin_layout Standard
15957 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15959 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15960 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15962 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15963 need to manually change each of them.
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15968 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15971 \begin_inset space ~
15976 field in the Graphics dialog.
15977 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15978 by checking the name of the desired group.
15981 \begin_layout Section
15983 \begin_inset Index idx
15986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16003 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16004 \begin_inset Graphics
16005 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16016 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16017 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16018 from the rest of the table.
16019 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16020 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16022 Here's an example table:
16025 \begin_layout Standard
16027 \begin_inset Tabular
16028 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16029 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16233 \begin_layout Subsection
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16239 brings up the table dialog.
16240 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16241 where the cursor is placed currently.
16242 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16243 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16244 done on all of your selection.
16247 \begin_layout Standard
16248 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16251 \begin_inset space ~
16256 helps you in setting table properties.
16257 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16264 \begin_inset space ~
16269 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16270 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16271 current cell respectively.
16272 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16274 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16275 of text, see section
16276 \begin_inset space ~
16280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16282 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16290 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16296 This will merge the cells to
16300 cell, spread over more than one column.
16301 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16302 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16303 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16304 in the last row without the upper border:
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16309 \begin_inset Tabular
16310 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16311 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16313 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16326 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16446 \begin_layout Standard
16447 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16448 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16449 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16450 explained in the tables section of the
16453 \begin_inset space ~
16459 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16463 degrees counterclockwise.
16464 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16467 \begin_layout Standard
16468 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 Most DVI-viewers are
16480 able to display rotations.
16488 \begin_layout Standard
16493 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16498 adds lines for all cell borders.
16501 \begin_layout Subsection
16503 \begin_inset Index idx
16506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 Tables ! Longtables
16513 \begin_inset Index idx
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 \begin_layout Standard
16526 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16529 \begin_inset space ~
16533 \begin_inset space ~
16542 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16543 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16546 \begin_layout Description
16551 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16552 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16553 except for the first page, if
16556 \begin_inset space ~
16564 \begin_layout Description
16568 \begin_inset space ~
16573 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16574 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16577 \begin_layout Description
16582 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16583 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16584 except for the last page, if
16587 \begin_inset space ~
16595 \begin_layout Description
16599 \begin_inset space ~
16604 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16605 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16608 \begin_layout Description
16609 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16610 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16616 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16619 \begin_inset space ~
16627 \begin_layout Standard
16628 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16629 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16630 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16631 The others will then be defined as
16636 In this context, first means first in this order:
16639 \begin_inset space ~
16651 \begin_inset space ~
16657 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16660 \begin_layout Standard
16662 \begin_inset Tabular
16663 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16664 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16665 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16666 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16667 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16668 <row endfirsthead="true">
16669 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16680 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <row endfirsthead="true">
16700 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <row endhead="true">
16733 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16763 <row endhead="true">
16764 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16775 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16784 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <row endfoot="true">
16797 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16848 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17798 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18778 <row endlastfoot="true">
18779 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 \begin_layout Subsection
18818 \begin_inset Index idx
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18830 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18837 \begin_layout Standard
18838 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18839 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18840 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18841 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18845 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18846 for the cell's paragraph.
18849 \begin_layout Standard
18850 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18851 for the column in the table dialog.
18852 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18853 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18857 \begin_layout Standard
18859 \begin_inset Tabular
18860 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18861 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18863 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 This is longer now.
19014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19066 This is longer now.
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 \begin_layout Standard
19098 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19099 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19105 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19111 Selection with the mouse or with
19115 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19116 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19117 the selection from outside the table.
19120 \begin_layout Section
19122 \begin_inset Index idx
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19141 \begin_layout Standard
19142 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19143 have a fixed location.
19145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19152 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19160 \begin_inset space ~
19165 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19166 too many notes on the page.
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19170 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19171 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19172 and pages without text.
19173 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19174 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19175 Floats are therefore numbered.
19176 Referencing is described in section
19177 \begin_inset space ~
19181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19183 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19190 \begin_layout Standard
19191 To insert a float, use the menu
19193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19197 A box with a caption that has e.
19198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19202 \begin_inset space \space{}
19206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19210 \begin_inset space ~
19214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19217 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19218 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19220 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19221 \begin_inset Index idx
19224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19231 paragraph within the float.
19232 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19233 by left-clicking on the box label.
19234 A closed float box looks like this:
19235 \begin_inset Graphics
19236 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19241 – a gray button with a red label.
19244 \begin_layout Standard
19245 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19246 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19249 \begin_layout Subsection
19253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19255 \begin_inset Index idx
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 Floats ! Figure floats
19265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19267 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19274 \begin_layout Standard
19277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19278 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19281 inserts a float with the label
19282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19288 \begin_inset space ~
19294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19298 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19299 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19300 This is what we did for Figure
19301 \begin_inset space ~
19305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19307 reference "cap:Platypus"
19312 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19313 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19314 This was done in Figure
19315 \begin_inset space ~
19319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19321 reference "cap:Escher"
19328 \begin_layout Standard
19329 \begin_inset Float figure
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 \begin_inset Graphics
19337 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19339 rotateOrigin center
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 \begin_inset Caption
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19352 name "cap:Platypus"
19356 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19369 \begin_layout Standard
19370 \begin_inset Float figure
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19376 \begin_inset Caption
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19396 \begin_inset Graphics
19397 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19399 rotateOrigin center
19411 \begin_layout Standard
19412 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19414 As described in section
19415 \begin_inset space ~
19419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19421 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19425 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19430 and refer to it using the menu
19432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19436 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19445 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19457 \begin_layout Standard
19458 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19459 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19460 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19461 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19463 \begin_inset space ~
19467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19469 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19473 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19474 You can also set the images one below the other.
19476 \begin_inset space ~
19480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19482 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19489 reference "fig:Platypus"
19493 are the subfigures.
19496 \begin_layout Standard
19497 \begin_inset Float figure
19502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19507 \begin_inset Float figure
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset Caption
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19518 name "fig:Undefinable"
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19531 \begin_inset Graphics
19532 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19543 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19547 \begin_inset Float figure
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset Caption
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19558 name "fig:Platypus"
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 \begin_inset Graphics
19572 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19584 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 \begin_inset Caption
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19596 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19600 Two distorted images.
19613 \begin_layout Standard
19614 Note that the caption is added to the
19617 \begin_inset space ~
19621 \begin_inset space ~
19626 as described in section
19627 \begin_inset space ~
19631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19633 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19640 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19642 \begin_inset Index idx
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 Floats ! Table floats
19654 \begin_layout Standard
19655 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19658 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19662 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19665 \begin_inset space ~
19669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19671 reference "cap:Table-float"
19675 is an example of a table float.
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19679 \begin_inset Float table
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 \begin_inset Caption
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19690 name "cap:Table-float"
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 \begin_inset Tabular
19705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19706 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19859 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19903 \begin_inset Index idx
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19915 \begin_layout Standard
19916 This float type is inserted with the menu
19918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19919 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19923 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19924 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19928 , described in section
19929 \begin_inset space ~
19933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19935 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19942 \begin_layout Standard
19943 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19951 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19957 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19960 \begin_layout Standard
19965 floatname{algorithm}{your
19966 \begin_inset space ~
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19973 to the document preamble (menu
19975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19982 \begin_inset space ~
19988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20004 \begin_inset Index idx
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20016 \begin_layout Standard
20017 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 \begin_inset Graphics
20026 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20028 rotateOrigin center
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 \begin_inset Caption
20038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20041 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20045 This is a wrapped figure.
20046 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20059 This float type is used if you want to
20060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20067 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20069 It can be inserted using the menu
20071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20072 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20074 \begin_inset space ~
20079 if the LaTeX-package
20084 \begin_inset Index idx
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20098 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20101 \begin_inset space ~
20111 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20114 \begin_inset space ~
20118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20120 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20124 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 Available units are explained in Appendix
20134 \begin_inset space ~
20138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20140 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20149 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20153 \begin_layout Standard
20154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20162 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20167 \begin_inset space \space{}
20170 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20171 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20180 \begin_layout Itemize
20181 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20182 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20183 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20184 page breaks will appear.
20187 \begin_layout Itemize
20188 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20189 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20192 \begin_layout Itemize
20193 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20194 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20197 \begin_layout Itemize
20198 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20201 \begin_layout Subsection
20203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20205 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20210 \begin_inset Index idx
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20224 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20228 \begin_inset space ~
20236 \begin_layout Standard
20237 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20238 have a multi-column document).
20239 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20242 \begin_inset space ~
20248 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20249 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20256 \begin_layout Standard
20257 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20258 format is also the same: Table
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20265 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20269 is an example of a rotated table float.
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20290 \begin_inset Float table
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20296 \begin_inset Caption
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20301 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 \begin_inset Tabular
20316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20317 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 \begin_layout Subsection
20384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20386 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20391 \begin_inset Index idx
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20403 \begin_layout Standard
20404 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20405 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20406 \begin_inset Newline newline
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20417 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20418 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20419 \begin_inset Newline newline
20425 \begin_inset space ~
20430 is used to rotate floats, see section
20431 \begin_inset space ~
20435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20437 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20444 \begin_layout Standard
20445 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20446 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20449 \begin_inset space ~
20453 \begin_inset space ~
20461 \begin_layout Description
20463 \begin_inset space ~
20467 \begin_inset space ~
20470 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20473 \begin_layout Description
20475 \begin_inset space ~
20479 \begin_inset space ~
20482 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20485 \begin_layout Description
20487 \begin_inset space ~
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20494 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20497 \begin_layout Description
20499 \begin_inset space ~
20503 \begin_inset space ~
20506 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 The order of the above option is
20515 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20519 \begin_inset space ~
20523 \begin_inset space ~
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20535 \begin_inset space ~
20540 , and then the others.
20541 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20543 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20544 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20547 \begin_layout Standard
20548 By default, each option has its own rules:
20551 \begin_layout Standard
20555 \begin_inset space ~
20559 \begin_inset space ~
20564 only floats occupying less than 70
20565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20568 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20571 \begin_layout Standard
20575 \begin_inset space ~
20579 \begin_inset space ~
20584 : only floats occupying less than 30
20585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20588 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20591 \begin_layout Standard
20595 \begin_inset space ~
20599 \begin_inset space ~
20604 : only if more than 50
20605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20608 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20612 \begin_layout Standard
20613 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20617 \begin_inset space ~
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20631 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20632 For this case you can use the option
20635 \begin_inset space ~
20641 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20643 Because the float is then no longer able to
20644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20651 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20656 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20660 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20662 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20664 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20671 \begin_layout Section
20673 \begin_inset Index idx
20676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20685 name "sec:Minipages"
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20693 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20695 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20710 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20711 and its alignment within the page.
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20716 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20725 height_special "totalheight"
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 This is a minipage.
20732 The text is set in an italic style.
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20738 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20739 another formatting.
20747 \begin_layout Standard
20748 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20751 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20755 as described in section
20756 \begin_inset space ~
20760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20762 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20767 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20773 \begin_layout Standard
20774 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20783 height_special "totalheight"
20786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20787 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20788 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20794 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20798 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20807 height_special "totalheight"
20810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20811 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20812 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20821 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20829 to other box types.
20830 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20841 \begin_layout Chapter
20842 Mathematical Formulas
20843 \begin_inset Index idx
20846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20853 \begin_inset Index idx
20856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20887 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20900 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20903 \begin_layout Section
20905 \begin_inset Index idx
20908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20919 \begin_inset Graphics
20920 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20925 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20927 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20928 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20929 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20942 \begin_inset space ~
20947 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20950 \begin_layout Standard
20951 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20952 line, like this one:
20955 \begin_layout Standard
20956 This is a line with an inline formula
20957 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20965 paragraph, like this one:
20966 \begin_inset Formula \[
20971 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20974 \begin_layout Standard
20975 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20981 \begin_inset space \space{}
20985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20998 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20999 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21003 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21006 \begin_inset space ~
21014 \begin_layout Subsection
21015 Navigating in Formulas
21016 \begin_inset Index idx
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21028 \begin_layout Standard
21029 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21030 achieved with the arrow keys.
21031 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21032 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21037 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21038 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21042 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21046 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21048 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21056 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21061 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21062 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21070 , printed in this document as
21071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21092 \begin_inset Note Note
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21097 space character (visible space).
21102 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21103 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21104 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21109 For example, if you want
21110 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 , since in the latter case only the
21167 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21172 will be under the square root sign:
21173 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21182 \begin_inset Formula \[
21183 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21186 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21190 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21191 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21194 \begin_layout Subsection
21198 \begin_layout Standard
21199 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21200 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21204 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21205 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21206 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21207 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21208 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21211 \begin_layout Subsection
21212 Exponents and Subscripts
21213 \begin_inset Index idx
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21223 \begin_inset Index idx
21226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21237 way is to use a command.
21239 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21242 , type in a formula
21248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21264 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21270 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21274 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21295 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21304 , you have to use an extra
21308 to separate the hat and the character.
21310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21314 \begin_inset space \space{}
21318 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21339 Subscripts are similar: To get
21340 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21363 \begin_layout Subsection
21365 \begin_inset Index idx
21368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 \begin_layout Standard
21378 Create a fraction with either the command
21385 \begin_inset Graphics
21386 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21394 \begin_inset space ~
21400 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21401 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21402 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21407 To move back up, press
21412 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21413 \begin_inset Formula \[
21414 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21416 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21423 \begin_layout Subsection
21425 \begin_inset Index idx
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21437 \begin_layout Standard
21438 Roots can be created using the
21441 \begin_inset space ~
21447 \begin_inset Graphics
21448 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21471 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21477 produces always a square root.
21480 \begin_layout Subsection
21481 Operators with Limits
21482 \begin_inset Index idx
21485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21492 \begin_inset Index idx
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21504 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21511 \begin_layout Standard
21513 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21517 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21520 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21521 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21522 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21523 The sum operator will automatically place its
21524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21531 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21534 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21538 \begin_inset Formula \[
21539 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21543 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21547 \begin_layout Standard
21548 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21550 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21551 behind the operator and hitting
21559 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21560 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21562 \begin_inset space ~
21566 \begin_inset space ~
21574 \begin_layout Standard
21575 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21583 feature as addition, such as
21584 \begin_inset Index idx
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21594 \begin_inset Formula \[
21595 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21599 which will place the
21600 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21612 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21613 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21619 \begin_layout Standard
21620 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21627 Have a look at section
21628 \begin_inset space ~
21632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21634 reference "sub:Functions"
21638 for an explanation of function macros.
21641 \begin_layout Subsection
21643 \begin_inset Index idx
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 \begin_layout Standard
21656 Most math symbols can be found in the
21659 \begin_inset space ~
21664 under one of several categories; including
21681 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21685 \begin_layout Standard
21686 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21687 you don't have to use the
21690 \begin_inset space ~
21695 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21696 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21699 \begin_layout Subsection
21701 \begin_inset Index idx
21704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21713 \begin_layout Standard
21714 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21719 arg "space-insert protected"
21725 \begin_inset space ~
21731 \begin_inset Graphics
21732 filename ../images/math/space.png
21737 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21738 For example, the sequence
21743 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21747 \begin_inset Graphics
21748 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21753 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21754 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21755 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21756 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21758 Here are two examples:
21761 \begin_layout Standard
21771 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21787 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21793 \begin_layout Subsection
21795 \begin_inset Index idx
21798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21807 name "sub:Functions"
21814 \begin_layout Standard
21818 \begin_inset space ~
21823 contains under the button
21824 \begin_inset Graphics
21825 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21829 a number of function macros, such as
21830 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21834 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21842 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21849 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21850 avoid confusions, because
21851 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21855 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21861 \begin_layout Standard
21862 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21864 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21868 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21874 \begin_layout Standard
21875 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21876 s are placed, as described in section
21877 \begin_inset space ~
21881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21883 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21890 \begin_layout Subsection
21892 \begin_inset Index idx
21895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21904 \begin_layout Standard
21905 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21907 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21908 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21913 \begin_inset space \space{}
21917 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21920 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21921 Our example is entered by typing
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21948 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21952 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21955 \begin_layout Standard
21956 \begin_inset Float table
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21962 \begin_inset Caption
21964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21967 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21971 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 \begin_inset Tabular
21982 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21983 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22547 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22568 \begin_layout Standard
22569 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22572 \begin_inset space ~
22578 \begin_inset Graphics
22579 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22583 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22587 \begin_layout Section
22588 Brackets and Delimiters
22589 \begin_inset Index idx
22592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22599 \begin_inset Index idx
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22611 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22619 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22620 For most purposes, using just the keys
22625 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22626 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22627 toolbar delimiter icon
22628 \begin_inset Graphics
22629 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22634 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22636 \begin_inset Formula \[
22637 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22639 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22643 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22644 \begin_inset Formula \[
22645 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22653 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22654 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22657 \begin_layout Standard
22658 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22659 left side and right side.
22660 If you use the option
22663 \begin_inset space ~
22668 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22669 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22670 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22671 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22674 \begin_layout Standard
22675 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22676 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22677 inside the brackets.
22678 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22683 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22686 \begin_layout Section
22687 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22688 \begin_inset Index idx
22691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22698 \begin_inset Index idx
22701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22708 \begin_inset Index idx
22711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22712 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22721 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22724 \begin_inset space ~
22730 \begin_inset Graphics
22731 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22736 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22737 Here is an example:
22738 \begin_inset Formula \[
22739 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22742 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22746 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22747 \begin_inset space ~
22751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22753 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22758 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22759 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22760 This alignment is set in the box
22765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22813 for every column as default.
22814 For example, the sequence
22815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22826 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22827 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22828 corresponds to the relevant column.
22829 The result will look like this:
22830 \begin_inset Formula \[
22832 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22833 column & has & has\, right\\
22834 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22845 arg "newline-insert newline"
22848 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22849 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22851 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22854 or the math toolbar.
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22858 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22859 It can be created with the menu
22861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22862 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22864 \begin_inset space ~
22876 Here is an example:
22877 \begin_inset Formula \[
22881 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22889 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22892 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22895 arg "newline-insert newline"
22899 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22904 arg "newline-insert newline"
22907 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22915 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22916 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22917 A new row is created by every further hit of
22920 arg "newline-insert newline"
22924 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22925 Here is an example:
22926 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22927 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22928 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22932 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22933 where you want to start the shift and hit
22938 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22939 position to the next column.
22940 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22941 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22942 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22943 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22950 \begin_layout Standard
22951 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22958 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22959 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22962 reference "eq:asquared"
22967 The other types are described in section
22968 \begin_inset space ~
22972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22974 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22981 \begin_layout Section
22982 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22983 \begin_inset Index idx
22986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22987 Math ! Formula numbering
22993 \begin_inset Index idx
22996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22997 Math ! Referencing formulas
23003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23005 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23012 \begin_layout Standard
23013 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23015 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23016 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23018 \begin_inset space ~
23026 arg "math-number-toggle"
23030 The formula number appears in LyX as
23031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23038 within parentheses.
23040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23047 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23049 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23050 the document class.
23051 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23052 separated by a dot:
23053 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23054 1+1=2\end{equation}
23061 arg "math-number-toggle"
23064 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23065 You can only number displayed formulas.
23068 \begin_layout Standard
23069 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23072 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23074 \begin_inset space ~
23078 \begin_inset space ~
23082 \begin_inset space ~
23090 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23093 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23094 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23096 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23097 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23101 To number all lines use the shortcut
23104 arg "math-number-toggle"
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23114 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23115 A label is inserted with the menu
23117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23120 when the cursor is in the formula.
23121 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23122 It is recommended to use the proposed
23123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23134 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23135 type when you have many labels in your document.
23136 We inserted in the following example the label
23137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23144 in the second line:
23145 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23146 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23147 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23151 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23152 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23162 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23166 \begin_inset space ~
23172 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23173 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23174 as the formula number:
23177 \begin_layout Standard
23178 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23181 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23188 \begin_layout Standard
23189 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23190 \begin_inset space ~
23194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23196 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23201 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23207 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23212 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23220 \begin_layout Section
23221 User defined math macros
23222 \begin_inset Index idx
23225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23234 \begin_layout Standard
23235 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23236 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23237 Math macros are explained in section
23240 \begin_inset space ~
23252 \begin_layout Section
23256 \begin_layout Subsection
23258 \begin_inset Index idx
23261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23270 \begin_layout Standard
23271 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23272 To set a font in a formula, use the
23275 \begin_inset space ~
23281 \begin_inset Graphics
23282 filename ../images/math/font.png
23286 , or enter its command, listed in table
23287 \begin_inset space ~
23291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23293 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 \begin_inset Float table
23306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 \begin_inset Caption
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23312 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23316 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23326 \begin_inset Tabular
23327 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23328 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23362 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23416 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23449 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 \begin_layout Standard
23599 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23607 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23624 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23625 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23630 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23631 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23632 Here an example where
23633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23644 denotes the set of numbers:
23645 \begin_inset Formula \[
23646 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23653 \begin_layout Standard
23654 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23660 \begin_inset space \space{}
23672 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23676 \begin_inset Newline newline
23679 So it is better not to use this feature.
23682 \begin_layout Standard
23683 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23684 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23688 \begin_inset Newline newline
23691 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23697 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23698 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23711 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23714 \begin_layout Standard
23715 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23717 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23718 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23720 \begin_inset space ~
23728 \begin_layout Subsection
23730 \begin_inset Index idx
23733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_layout Standard
23743 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23745 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23749 \begin_inset space ~
23753 \begin_inset space ~
23761 \begin_inset space ~
23767 \begin_inset Graphics
23768 filename ../images/math/font.png
23779 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23780 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23781 Here is an example:
23782 \begin_inset Formula \[
23784 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23785 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23792 \begin_layout Subsection
23794 \begin_inset Index idx
23797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23806 \begin_layout Standard
23807 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23808 automatically chosen in most situations.
23826 For most characters,
23834 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23835 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23840 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23841 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23843 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23844 \begin_inset Graphics
23845 filename ../images/math/style.png
23850 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23851 For example, you can set
23852 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23855 , which is normally in
23864 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23868 The four styles are used in the following example:
23871 \begin_layout Standard
23872 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23876 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23880 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23884 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23890 \begin_layout Standard
23891 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23892 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23894 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23896 \begin_inset space ~
23901 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23902 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23903 will be adjusted to correspond.
23904 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23915 \begin_layout Standard
23919 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23925 \begin_layout Section
23929 \begin_layout Standard
23930 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23931 the document classes and into layout modules.
23932 \begin_inset Index idx
23935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23941 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23942 other than the AMS classes.
23944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23946 reference "sub:Modules"
23950 for more on layout modules.
23953 \begin_layout Section
23955 \begin_inset Index idx
23958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23965 \begin_inset Index idx
23968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23977 \begin_layout Standard
23978 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23979 (AMS) that are in common use.
23982 \begin_layout Subsection
23983 Enabling AMS-Support
23986 \begin_layout Standard
23987 Selecting the checkbox
23990 \begin_inset space ~
23994 \begin_inset space ~
23998 \begin_inset space ~
24005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24009 \begin_inset Index idx
24012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24013 Document ! Settings
24021 \begin_inset space ~
24026 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24028 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24029 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24032 \begin_layout Subsection
24034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24036 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24041 \begin_inset Index idx
24044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24045 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24054 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24055 LyX allows you to choose between
24076 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24079 \begin_layout Chapter
24083 \begin_layout Section
24085 \begin_inset Index idx
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24097 name "sec:Cross-References"
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24105 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24106 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24108 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24109 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24110 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24113 \begin_layout Enumerate
24117 \begin_layout Enumerate
24118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24120 name "enu:Second-item"
24127 \begin_layout Enumerate
24131 \begin_layout Standard
24132 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24137 or by pressing the toolbar button
24138 \begin_inset Graphics
24139 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24145 A grey label box like this:
24146 \begin_inset Graphics
24147 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24152 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24153 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24188 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24193 \begin_inset space \space{}
24196 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24211 \begin_layout Standard
24212 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24217 or the toolbar button
24218 \begin_inset Graphics
24219 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24225 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24226 \begin_inset Graphics
24227 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24232 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24234 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24247 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24251 \begin_layout Standard
24254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24257 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24262 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24263 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24273 \begin_inset space ~
24277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24279 reference "enu:Second-item"
24286 \begin_layout Standard
24287 It is recommended to use a protected space
24291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24292 described in section
24293 \begin_inset space ~
24297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24299 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24308 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24313 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24316 \begin_layout Description
24317 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24320 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24327 \begin_layout Description
24328 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24329 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24341 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24348 \begin_layout Description
24349 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24350 \begin_inset space ~
24354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24355 LatexCommand pageref
24356 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24363 \begin_layout Description
24365 \begin_inset space ~
24369 \begin_inset space ~
24372 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24374 LatexCommand vpageref
24375 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24382 \begin_layout Description
24384 \begin_inset space ~
24388 \begin_inset space ~
24392 \begin_inset space ~
24395 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24399 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24406 \begin_layout Description
24408 \begin_inset space ~
24411 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24412 \begin_inset Newline newline
24416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24424 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24429 \begin_inset Index idx
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24433 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24447 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24448 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24454 \begin_inset space \space{}
24458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24474 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24475 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24479 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 You can only use the style
24488 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24492 is always possible.
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24497 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24498 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24499 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24500 \begin_inset space ~
24504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24506 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24526 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24528 The button text changes then to
24531 \begin_inset space ~
24536 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24537 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24538 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24539 \begin_inset Graphics
24540 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24542 rotateOrigin center
24549 \begin_layout Standard
24550 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24551 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24552 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24556 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24557 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24560 \begin_layout Standard
24561 References are described in detail in the
24568 \begin_layout Section
24569 Table of Contents and other Listings
24570 \begin_inset Index idx
24573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24580 \begin_inset Index idx
24583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24599 \begin_layout Subsection
24601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24603 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24610 \begin_layout Standard
24611 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24614 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24616 \begin_inset space ~
24620 \begin_inset space ~
24626 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24627 If you click on it, the
24631 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24632 sections in your documents.
24633 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24638 that is described in sec.
24639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24645 reference "sec:Navigating"
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24653 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24654 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24662 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24666 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24668 \begin_inset space ~
24672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24674 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24678 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24680 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24683 \begin_layout Subsection
24684 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24687 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24696 You can insert them via the
24698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24700 \begin_inset space ~
24704 \begin_inset space ~
24710 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24713 \begin_layout Section
24714 URLs and Hyperlinks
24715 \begin_inset Index idx
24718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24725 \begin_inset Index idx
24728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24737 \begin_layout Subsection
24739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24749 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24751 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24757 \begin_layout Standard
24758 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24759 \begin_inset Flex URL
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24779 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24800 \begin_layout Subsection
24802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24804 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24817 or with the toolbar button
24818 \begin_inset Graphics
24819 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24820 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24825 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24834 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24835 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24838 name "LyX's homepage"
24839 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24843 , an Email address like this:
24844 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24846 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24847 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24852 , or a link to a file.
24855 \begin_layout Standard
24856 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24869 to the link target.
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24873 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24874 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24875 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24876 the text style dialog.
24877 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24883 name "LyX's homepage"
24884 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24892 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24896 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24898 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24899 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24903 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24905 \begin_inset Newline newline
24913 \begin_inset Newline newline
24920 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24923 \begin_layout Section
24925 \begin_inset Index idx
24928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24937 name "sec:Appendices"
24944 \begin_layout Standard
24945 Appendices are created with the menu
24947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24949 \begin_inset space ~
24953 \begin_inset space ~
24959 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24960 as the appendix region.
24961 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24965 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24966 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24967 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24968 and the subsection number.
24969 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24973 \begin_layout Standard
24975 \begin_inset space ~
24979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24981 reference "cha:Credits"
24986 \begin_inset space ~
24990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24992 reference "sub:Export"
24999 \begin_layout Section
25001 \begin_inset Index idx
25004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25013 name "sec:Bibliography"
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25021 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25022 You can include a bibliography database,
25026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25027 Known under the name
25028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25040 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25041 manually, using the paragraph environment
25045 , which was described in section
25046 \begin_inset space ~
25050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25052 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25057 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25058 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25062 use a bibliography database.
25065 \begin_layout Subsection
25066 The Bibliography Environment
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25074 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25076 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25085 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25087 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25096 , a short form of its title, as key.
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25105 or the toolbar button
25106 \begin_inset Graphics
25107 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25108 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25113 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25114 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25115 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25116 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25120 \begin_layout Standard
25121 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25122 entry with surrounding brackets.
25127 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25128 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25143 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25146 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25148 key "latexcompanion"
25155 \begin_layout Standard
25156 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25166 \begin_layout Subsection
25167 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25168 \begin_inset Index idx
25171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25172 Bibliography ! Databases
25178 \begin_inset Index idx
25181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25182 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25190 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25204 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25206 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25207 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25212 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25214 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25215 your working field in a database.
25216 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25217 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25219 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25224 The database is a text file with the file extension
25225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25236 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25237 The format is explained in
25238 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25244 and in LaTeX books (
25245 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25247 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25252 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25253 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25254 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25255 \begin_inset Flex URL
25258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25260 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25268 \begin_layout Standard
25269 To use a database, use the menu
25271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25276 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 \begin_inset space ~
25295 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25296 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25299 Add bibliography to TOC
25301 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25306 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25309 \begin_layout Standard
25310 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25322 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25323 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25324 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25326 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25332 For information how this is done, have a look at
25333 \begin_inset Newline newline
25337 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25339 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25357 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25360 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25388 \begin_inset space ~
25394 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25410 When you select the option
25412 Sectioned bibliography
25416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25419 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25420 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25422 Customizing Bibliographies
25430 Additional Features
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25436 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25437 the two methods of creating them.
25438 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25439 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25440 We used the style file
25444 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25447 \begin_layout Subsection
25448 Bibliography layout
25449 \begin_inset Index idx
25452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25453 Bibliography ! Layout
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25463 For this feature you need to enable the option
25469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25473 \begin_inset Index idx
25476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25477 Document ! Settings
25487 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25488 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25489 in the previous section.
25492 \begin_layout Standard
25493 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25494 in the citation reference window.
25495 Here an example where we set the text
25496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25500 \begin_inset space ~
25504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25507 to appear after the reference:
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25512 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25515 key "latexcompanion"
25522 \begin_layout Section
25524 \begin_inset Index idx
25527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25543 \begin_layout Standard
25544 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25553 or the toolbar button
25554 \begin_inset Graphics
25555 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25573 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25574 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25575 by LyX as the index entry.
25578 \begin_layout Standard
25579 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25580 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25584 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25592 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25595 \begin_layout Standard
25596 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25600 \begin_inset space ~
25604 \begin_inset space ~
25607 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25609 \begin_inset space ~
25615 A light blue box labeled
25616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25627 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25628 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25631 \begin_layout Subsection
25632 Grouping Index Entries
25633 \begin_inset Index idx
25636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25645 \begin_layout Standard
25646 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25648 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25649 lists under the entry
25650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25658 First we create the entry
25659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25667 \begin_inset space ~
25671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25673 reference "sub:Lists"
25678 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25679 \begin_inset space ~
25683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25685 reference "sec:Itemize"
25689 , we insert the command
25692 \begin_layout Standard
25698 \begin_layout Standard
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25709 for the enumerated list in section
25710 \begin_inset space ~
25714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25716 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 The exclamation mark
25725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25732 marks the grouping levels.
25733 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25734 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25735 If we don't have an index entry for
25736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25743 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25746 \begin_layout Subsection
25748 \begin_inset Index idx
25751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25752 Index ! Page ranges
25760 \begin_layout Standard
25761 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25763 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25764 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25766 \begin_inset space ~
25770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25772 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25782 Paragraph environments|(
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 and another entry at the end of section
25787 \begin_inset space ~
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25793 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25803 Paragraph environments|)
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25831 respectively start and end the index range.
25832 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25833 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25834 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25835 An example is the index entry
25836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25839 Document ! Settings
25840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25846 \begin_layout Subsection
25848 \begin_inset Index idx
25851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25852 Index ! Cross referencing
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25862 We referred for example in the index entry
25863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25871 \begin_inset space ~
25875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25877 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25881 ) to the index entry
25882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25889 in the same section using the entry
25892 \begin_layout Standard
25895 GIF|see{Image formats}
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25900 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25901 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25904 \begin_layout Subsection
25906 \begin_inset Index idx
25909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25910 Index ! Entry order
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25919 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25920 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25921 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25926 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25928 \begin_inset space ~
25932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25934 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25943 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25944 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25969 \begin_inset Index idx
25972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25973 Dummy entries ! maïs
25979 \begin_inset Index idx
25982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25983 Dummy entries ! maître
25989 \begin_inset Index idx
25992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25993 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25998 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25999 order maïs, maison, maître.
26000 To achieve this, we use the command
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26006 previous entry@current entry
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26010 In our case we want to have
26011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26026 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26035 \begin_layout Standard
26036 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26037 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26041 \begin_layout Subsection
26043 \begin_inset Index idx
26046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26047 Index ! Entry layout
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26057 \begin_inset Index idx
26060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26063 This is an italic dummy entry
26068 You can also format the page number using the character
26069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26076 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26077 We can write for example
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26083 italic page number:|textit
26086 \begin_layout Standard
26087 to get the page number in italic.
26088 \begin_inset Index idx
26091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26092 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26097 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26115 \begin_inset space ~
26121 Have a look at section
26122 \begin_inset space ~
26126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26128 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26132 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26136 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26144 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26148 to generate the index, see section
26149 \begin_inset space ~
26153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26155 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26164 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26165 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26170 key "latexcompanion"
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26183 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26185 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26186 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26187 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26188 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26189 If so, put the following in the preamble
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26215 in the index entry.
26216 \begin_inset Index idx
26219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26220 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26225 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26226 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26227 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26230 \begin_layout Standard
26231 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26237 \begin_inset space \space{}
26240 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26241 for all index entries.
26242 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26254 documentation for details,
26255 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26257 key "makeindex,xindy"
26264 \begin_layout Subsection
26266 \begin_inset Index idx
26269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26278 name "sub:Index-Program"
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26286 When the index entry program
26290 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26291 generation; otherwise the program
26295 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26296 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26297 dialog, see section
26298 \begin_inset space ~
26302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26304 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26309 The available options are listed and explained in
26310 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26312 key "makeindex,xindy"
26317 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26320 \begin_layout Standard
26325 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26326 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26327 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26328 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26329 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26337 \begin_layout Section
26338 Nomenclature / Glossary
26339 \begin_inset Index idx
26342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 \begin_inset Index idx
26352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26383 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26392 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26397 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26402 \begin_inset Index idx
26405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26406 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26412 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26413 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26419 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26423 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26424 and then use the menu
26426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26432 \begin_inset space ~
26437 or the toolbar button
26438 \begin_inset Graphics
26439 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26440 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26457 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26461 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26462 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26463 The second is the description of the symbol.
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26475 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26483 \begin_layout Subsection
26484 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26485 \begin_inset Index idx
26488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 Nomenclature ! Layout
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26498 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26502 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26508 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26516 \begin_inset Newline newline
26524 \begin_inset Newline newline
26530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26537 character starts/ends the formula.
26538 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26550 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26562 \begin_inset space ~
26566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26568 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26575 \begin_layout Standard
26579 \begin_inset space ~
26584 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26585 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26590 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26597 in this document is:
26598 \begin_inset Newline newline
26603 dummy entry for the character
26608 \begin_inset Newline newline
26620 \begin_inset space ~
26630 font use the command
26659 \begin_layout Subsection
26660 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26661 \begin_inset Index idx
26664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26665 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26675 the symbol definition.
26676 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26677 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26680 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26681 LatexCommand nomenclature
26683 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26690 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26694 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26695 LatexCommand nomenclature
26698 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26703 They will be sorted by
26704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26730 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26733 will be sorted before the
26737 since the character
26738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26745 is considered in sorting.
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26752 \begin_inset space ~
26757 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26758 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26760 For the example given, you can insert
26764 in this field for the
26765 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26772 will be located before
26773 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26780 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26794 \begin_layout Subsection
26795 Nomenclature Options
26796 \begin_inset Index idx
26799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26800 Nomenclature ! Options
26808 \begin_layout Standard
26813 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26814 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26817 \begin_layout Description
26818 refeq Appends the phrase
26819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26834 to every nomenclature entry, where
26840 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26843 \begin_layout Description
26844 refpage Appends the phrase
26845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26860 to every nomenclature entry, where
26866 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26869 \begin_layout Description
26870 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26873 \begin_layout Standard
26874 There are furthermore the options
26918 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26923 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26924 class options list in the
26926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26930 In this document the option
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26938 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26946 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26951 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26954 \begin_layout Description
26964 \begin_layout Description
26967 nomrefpage Like the
26974 \begin_layout Description
26977 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26986 \begin_layout Description
26990 \begin_inset space ~
26996 \begin_inset space ~
27001 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27004 \begin_layout Subsection
27005 Printing the Nomenclature
27006 \begin_inset Index idx
27009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27010 Nomenclature ! Printing
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27023 \begin_inset space ~
27027 \begin_inset space ~
27030 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27034 A light blue box labeled
27035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27046 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27047 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27051 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27060 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27068 For example, in order to change the name to
27072 , add the following line to the preamble:
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27083 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27086 \begin_layout Standard
27087 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27094 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27095 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27098 \begin_layout Standard
27106 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27112 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27113 \begin_inset space ~
27117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27119 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27124 The default value is 1
27125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27131 \begin_layout Subsection
27132 Nomenclature Program
27133 \begin_inset Index idx
27136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27137 Nomenclature ! Program
27143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27145 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27153 LyX uses the program
27157 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27158 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27163 by adding options, see section
27164 \begin_inset space ~
27168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27170 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27175 The available options are listed and explained in
27176 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27178 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27185 \begin_layout Section
27187 \begin_inset Index idx
27190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27197 \begin_inset Index idx
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27201 Document ! Branches
27207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27209 name "sec:Branches"
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27218 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27219 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27220 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27225 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27226 To create a branch, go in the
27228 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27236 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27237 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27240 \begin_layout Standard
27241 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27242 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27247 where you can choose a branch.
27248 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27251 \begin_layout Standard
27252 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27253 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27257 \begin_inset Branch Question
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27261 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27269 \begin_layout Standard
27270 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27290 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27291 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27293 For example you can define for the question branch
27297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27298 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27299 \begin_inset space ~
27303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27305 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 and for the answer branch
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 \begin_inset Branch Question
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27397 \begin_layout Standard
27398 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27434 Now it is possible to use the commands
27438 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27445 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27448 to obtain conditional output.
27449 Here is an example formula where only the
27456 \begin_inset Formula \[
27457 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27465 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27473 \begin_layout Section
27475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27477 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27482 \begin_inset Index idx
27485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27499 dialog allows you in the
27503 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27504 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27509 \begin_inset Index idx
27512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27513 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27526 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27527 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27528 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27530 You can specify in the dialog tab
27534 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27536 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27537 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27546 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27547 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27548 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27550 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27551 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27553 \begin_inset space ~
27556 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27557 \begin_inset space ~
27560 1 will only display the sections.
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27564 The header information in the dialog tab
27568 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27569 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27574 \begin_inset space \space{}
27577 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27578 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27581 Automatic fill header
27583 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27584 title and author settings.
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27590 Load in fullscreen mode
27592 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27596 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27597 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27603 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27613 \begin_layout Section
27614 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27617 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27624 \begin_layout Subsection
27626 \begin_inset Index idx
27629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27638 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27647 constructs, but not all.
27648 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27649 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27650 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27651 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27652 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27656 \begin_layout Standard
27657 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27659 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27663 \begin_inset space ~
27668 or by the toolbar button
27669 \begin_inset Graphics
27670 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27675 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27681 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27682 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27689 , you can write the command part
27695 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27699 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27700 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27701 the following example:
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27705 \begin_inset Graphics
27706 filename clipart/ERT.png
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27719 This is a line with a
27723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27755 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27756 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27764 \begin_layout Subsection
27765 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27766 \begin_inset OptArg
27769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27776 \begin_inset Index idx
27779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27788 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27796 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27797 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27798 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27807 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27808 any time if you know the right commands.
27810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27814 \begin_inset space \space{}
27817 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27819 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27820 all caption labels bold.
27821 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27823 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27828 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27829 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27830 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27842 As result you know that the package
27847 \begin_inset Index idx
27850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27851 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27857 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27870 usepackage[options]{package name}
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27874 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27875 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27876 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 In your case the package name is
27885 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27890 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27891 So you add the command
27894 \begin_layout Standard
27899 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27903 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27908 For more commands provided by the
27912 package, have a look at its documentation,
27913 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27930 For example if you use a
27934 class, you don't need the package
27938 , you can instead write
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27946 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27952 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27953 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27954 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27961 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27965 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
27966 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27968 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27969 the previous section.
27972 \begin_layout Standard
27973 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27975 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27977 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27985 \begin_layout Section
27986 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27989 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27994 \begin_inset Index idx
27997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28004 \begin_inset Index idx
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28018 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28019 to break your train of thought with
28021 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28028 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28029 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28034 \begin_inset Index idx
28037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28038 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28043 as explained below, and turn on
28046 \begin_inset space ~
28053 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28059 \begin_inset space ~
28063 \begin_inset space ~
28066 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28072 \begin_layout Standard
28073 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28075 Previews of an already loaded document are
28079 generated just by selecting the
28082 \begin_inset space ~
28087 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28091 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28092 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28095 \begin_inset space ~
28100 check box in the insert dialog.
28101 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28110 (on some systems named simply
28115 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28117 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28123 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28124 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28132 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28136 \begin_layout Standard
28137 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28143 \begin_layout Standard
28144 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28148 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28150 \begin_inset space ~
28155 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28156 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28158 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28159 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28160 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28161 the source view window.
28164 \begin_layout Section
28166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28168 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28173 \begin_inset Index idx
28176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28185 \begin_layout Standard
28186 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28187 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28204 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28210 can be seen as the successor to
28214 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28219 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28220 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28230 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28240 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28243 or the toolbar button
28244 \begin_inset Graphics
28245 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28250 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28251 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28252 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28253 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28254 scrolled so that it is visible.
28259 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28261 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28265 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28266 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28270 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28277 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28278 will bring an error message.
28279 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28280 specifying a different
28282 Alternative language
28284 in preferences dialog.
28287 \begin_layout Standard
28288 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28291 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28297 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28299 But you can use the
28302 \begin_inset space ~
28306 \begin_inset space ~
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28316 This does work with
28320 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28323 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28327 \begin_layout Standard
28332 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28335 \begin_layout Description
28337 \begin_inset space ~
28340 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28341 should consider, e.
28342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28346 \begin_inset space \space{}
28349 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28350 This should not normally be needed.
28353 \begin_layout Description
28355 \begin_inset space ~
28358 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28359 the spell checker's default choice
28362 \begin_layout Description
28364 \begin_inset space ~
28368 \begin_inset space ~
28371 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28383 \begin_layout Description
28385 \begin_inset space ~
28389 \begin_inset space ~
28392 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28394 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28401 also for the spellchecker.
28405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28406 The encodings are explained in section
28407 \begin_inset space ~
28411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28413 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28422 Only enable this if you use
28426 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28427 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28428 so this is disabled by default.
28431 \begin_layout Section
28433 \begin_inset Index idx
28436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28445 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28453 LyX provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
28456 \begin_layout Enumerate
28465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28468 target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
28477 which is also used by Abiword, but which is English only.
28480 \begin_layout Enumerate
28489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28490 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28492 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28501 which is also used by OpenOffice, and which supports many languages.
28504 \begin_layout Standard
28505 You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
28506 (if both are installed,
28510 will be chosen automatically).
28513 \begin_layout Subsection
28514 Setting up the thesaurus
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28522 library can directly access the OpenOffice thesauri, which consist of two
28523 files per language: A file with the ending
28527 containing the data and an index file with the ending
28532 The file names include the language code for the given language, so the
28533 English files are named:
28536 \begin_layout Itemize
28540 \begin_layout Itemize
28544 \begin_layout Standard
28545 If you have OpenOffice installed including its thesaurus, these files should
28546 be already on your system.
28547 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28548 \begin_inset Newline newline
28552 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28554 target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
28559 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28564 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28566 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28567 unpack a zip archive.
28570 \begin_layout Standard
28579 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28580 s), and the specify the path to this directory in
28582 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28583 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28587 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28590 \begin_layout Subsection
28591 Using the thesaurus
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28595 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28597 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28600 or the toolbar button
28601 \begin_inset Graphics
28602 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28604 rotateOrigin center
28608 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28610 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28612 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28613 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28614 and hyponyms (such as
28622 ), compounds (such as
28626 ) and antonyms (such as
28634 ), which are marked as such.
28637 \begin_layout Standard
28638 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28639 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28643 \begin_layout Standard
28644 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28645 the dictionary, such as the above
28649 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28654 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28655 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28656 For example looking up the word forms
28664 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28669 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28682 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28683 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28684 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28687 \begin_layout Section
28689 \begin_inset Index idx
28692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28699 \begin_inset Index idx
28702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28703 Document ! Change Tracking
28709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28711 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28720 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28721 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28722 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28726 \begin_inset space ~
28729 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28740 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28749 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28752 \begin_inset space ~
28756 \begin_inset space ~
28766 \begin_inset Index idx
28769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28779 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28780 \begin_inset Index idx
28783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28792 \begin_layout Standard
28793 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28800 \begin_inset Graphics
28801 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28809 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28816 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28820 \begin_layout Standard
28821 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28828 \begin_inset Tabular
28829 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28830 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28831 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28832 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 \begin_inset Graphics
28839 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28841 rotateOrigin center
28850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28858 \begin_inset space ~
28861 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28863 \begin_inset space ~
28872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 \begin_inset Graphics
28878 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28880 rotateOrigin center
28889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28900 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28906 \begin_inset space ~
28910 \begin_inset space ~
28919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28924 \begin_inset Graphics
28925 filename ../images/change-next.png
28926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28927 rotateOrigin center
28936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28940 Jumps to the next change
28946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28951 \begin_inset Graphics
28952 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28954 rotateOrigin center
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28971 \begin_inset space ~
28974 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28976 \begin_inset space ~
28985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 \begin_inset Graphics
28991 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28993 rotateOrigin center
29002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29010 \begin_inset space ~
29013 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29015 \begin_inset space ~
29024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29029 \begin_inset Graphics
29030 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29032 rotateOrigin center
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29049 \begin_inset space ~
29052 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29054 \begin_inset space ~
29063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29068 \begin_inset Graphics
29069 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29070 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29071 rotateOrigin center
29080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29088 \begin_inset space ~
29091 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29093 \begin_inset space ~
29097 \begin_inset space ~
29106 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29111 \begin_inset Graphics
29112 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29113 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29114 rotateOrigin center
29123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29129 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29131 \begin_inset space ~
29134 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29136 \begin_inset space ~
29140 \begin_inset space ~
29149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29154 \begin_inset Graphics
29155 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29157 rotateOrigin center
29166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29173 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29175 \begin_inset space ~
29184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 \begin_inset Graphics
29190 filename ../images/note-next.png
29191 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29192 rotateOrigin center
29201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29207 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29209 \begin_inset space ~
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29232 \begin_layout Standard
29233 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29234 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29235 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29236 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29237 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29238 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29239 step to the next change.
29240 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29243 \begin_layout Standard
29244 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29245 to describe a change.
29248 \begin_layout Standard
29249 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29254 \begin_inset Index idx
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29264 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29265 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29271 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29274 \begin_layout Section
29275 International Support
29276 \begin_inset Index idx
29279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29280 International support
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29289 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29290 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29291 how to set up LyX to use them:
29292 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29294 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29302 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29303 \begin_inset space ~
29307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29309 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29316 \begin_layout Subsection
29318 \begin_inset Index idx
29321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29328 \begin_inset Index idx
29331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 Document ! Settings
29338 \begin_inset Index idx
29341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29342 Document ! Language
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29356 dialog lets you set
29358 the language and character encoding for your language.
29362 \begin_layout Standard
29363 Choose your language in the
29367 section of this dialog.
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29380 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29385 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29386 For details about the different encoding options see section
29387 \begin_inset space ~
29391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29393 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29400 \begin_layout Subsection
29401 Keyboard mapping configuration
29402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29404 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29412 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29413 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29414 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29415 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29416 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29418 \begin_inset space ~
29422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29424 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29429 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29430 which one you want to use.
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29435 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29436 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29437 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29438 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29439 one to support the characters you want.
29440 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29447 \begin_layout Subsection
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29453 \begin_inset space ~
29457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29459 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29468 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29472 \begin_layout Standard
29473 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29474 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29482 \begin_layout Itemize
29483 Even if you have selected
29489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29492 dialog, users who have only the
29496 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29500 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29501 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29502 french quotes won't show up.
29505 \begin_layout Standard
29506 \begin_inset Float table
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 \begin_inset Caption
29514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29517 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29535 \begin_inset Tabular
29536 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29537 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 \begin_layout Standard
33968 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33970 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33971 also the characters from
33983 \begin_layout Itemize
33992 \begin_layout Standard
33993 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33994 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34001 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34002 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34008 \begin_layout Standard
34009 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34010 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34016 \begin_layout Standard
34017 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34018 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34026 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34034 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34040 \begin_layout Standard
34042 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34049 \begin_layout Itemize
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34064 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34072 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34078 \begin_layout Standard
34080 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34086 \begin_layout Standard
34088 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34094 \begin_layout Standard
34096 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34104 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34111 \begin_layout Standard
34112 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34113 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34114 Also make sure you're using the
34121 \begin_layout Chapter
34124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34126 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34133 \begin_layout Standard
34134 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34135 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34136 inside the user's guide.
34139 \begin_layout Section
34141 \begin_inset Index idx
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34158 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34159 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34162 \begin_layout Subsection
34166 \begin_layout Standard
34167 Creates a new document.
34170 \begin_layout Subsection
34174 \begin_layout Standard
34175 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34176 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34177 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34180 \begin_layout Subsection
34184 \begin_layout Standard
34188 \begin_layout Subsection
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34193 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34194 Click there on a file to open it.
34197 \begin_layout Subsection
34201 \begin_layout Standard
34202 Closes the current document.
34205 \begin_layout Subsection
34209 \begin_layout Standard
34210 Saves the actual document.
34213 \begin_layout Subsection
34217 \begin_layout Standard
34218 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34221 \begin_layout Subsection
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34226 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34229 \begin_layout Subsection
34233 \begin_layout Standard
34234 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34235 It is described in the section
34237 Version Control in LyX
34241 Additional Features
34246 \begin_layout Subsection
34250 \begin_layout Standard
34251 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34252 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34253 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34256 \begin_layout Standard
34257 When using the menu
34260 \begin_inset space ~
34264 \begin_inset space ~
34269 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34270 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34271 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34272 will start a new paragraph.
34275 \begin_layout Subsection
34277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 You can export your document to various file formats.
34288 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34289 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34290 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34293 \begin_layout Standard
34294 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34296 \begin_inset space ~
34300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34302 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34309 \begin_layout Description
34313 \begin_inset space ~
34318 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34319 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34322 \begin_layout Description
34330 \begin_layout Description
34331 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34335 \begin_layout Description
34337 \begin_inset space ~
34341 \begin_inset space ~
34344 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34348 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34356 \begin_layout Description
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34371 \begin_inset space ~
34376 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34377 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34381 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34384 \begin_layout Description
34391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34399 \begin_inset space ~
34404 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34405 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34413 \begin_layout Description
34415 \begin_inset space ~
34418 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34426 is replaced by the version number)
34429 \begin_layout Description
34430 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34443 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34447 \begin_layout Description
34452 PDF-format using the program
34457 \begin_layout Description
34461 \begin_inset space ~
34466 PDF-format using the program
34471 \begin_layout Description
34475 \begin_inset space ~
34480 PDF-format using the program
34485 \begin_layout Description
34489 \begin_inset space ~
34497 \begin_layout Description
34501 \begin_inset space ~
34505 \begin_inset space ~
34510 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34511 and then exported as text using the program
34516 \begin_layout Description
34521 PostScript format using the program
34526 \begin_layout Description
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34539 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34540 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34546 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34549 \begin_layout Standard
34550 If one of the menu entries
34557 \begin_inset space ~
34566 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34567 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34568 \begin_inset space ~
34572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34574 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34579 \begin_inset Index idx
34582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 Reconfiguration of LyX
34591 \begin_layout Standard
34596 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34597 the export program.
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34606 or send it to a printer.
34607 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34608 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34614 For more information have a look at section
34615 \begin_inset space ~
34619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34621 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34628 \begin_layout Subsection
34629 New and Close Window
34632 \begin_layout Standard
34633 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34634 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34637 \begin_layout Section
34639 \begin_inset Index idx
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34651 \begin_layout Subsection
34655 \begin_layout Standard
34656 Described in section
34657 \begin_inset space ~
34661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34663 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34670 \begin_layout Subsection
34671 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34675 Described in section
34676 \begin_inset space ~
34680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34682 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34689 \begin_layout Subsection
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34694 Selects the whole document.
34697 \begin_layout Subsection
34701 \begin_layout Standard
34702 Described in section
34703 \begin_inset space ~
34707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34709 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34716 \begin_layout Subsection
34717 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34720 \begin_layout Standard
34721 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34725 \begin_layout Subsection
34729 \begin_layout Standard
34730 Described in section
34731 \begin_inset space ~
34735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34737 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34744 \begin_layout Subsection
34746 \begin_inset Index idx
34749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34750 Paragraph ! Settings
34758 \begin_layout Standard
34759 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34761 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34764 \begin_layout Standard
34765 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34766 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34775 \begin_inset space ~
34783 \begin_layout Subsection
34787 \begin_layout Standard
34788 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34790 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34791 The properties of tables are described in section
34792 \begin_inset space ~
34796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34798 reference "sec:Tables"
34802 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34803 \begin_inset space ~
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34809 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34816 \begin_layout Subsection
34817 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34821 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34823 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34824 \begin_inset space ~
34828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34830 reference "sec:Nesting"
34835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34837 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34844 \begin_layout Section
34846 \begin_inset Index idx
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34858 \begin_layout Standard
34863 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34864 document with an external program.
34865 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34866 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34867 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34868 \begin_inset space ~
34872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34874 reference "sub:Export"
34879 You should at least see the menu entries
34886 \begin_inset space ~
34892 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34893 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34894 \begin_inset space ~
34898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34900 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34905 \begin_inset Index idx
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34909 Reconfiguration of LyX
34917 \begin_layout Standard
34918 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34919 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34920 \begin_inset space ~
34924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34926 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34931 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34934 \begin_layout Standard
34935 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34938 At the bottom of the
34942 menu the opened documents are listed.
34945 \begin_layout Subsection
34946 Open/Close all Insets
34949 \begin_layout Standard
34950 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34953 \begin_layout Subsection
34954 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34958 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34961 \begin_layout Standard
34962 Math macros are described in the
34969 \begin_layout Subsection
34973 \begin_layout Standard
34974 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34976 \begin_inset space ~
34980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34982 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34989 \begin_layout Subsection
34993 \begin_layout Standard
34994 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34995 opening a new view window.
34998 \begin_layout Subsection
35002 \begin_layout Standard
35003 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35004 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35005 the same document, but at different positions.
35006 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35007 or more documents the same time.
35008 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35015 \begin_layout Subsection
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35020 Closes a split view.
35023 \begin_layout Subsection
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35029 that you will see nothing than your text.
35030 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35031 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35032 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35035 \begin_layout Subsection
35037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35039 name "sub:Toolbars"
35044 \begin_inset Index idx
35047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 \begin_layout Standard
35057 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35058 All toolbars and the
35061 \begin_inset space ~
35066 can be turned on and off.
35071 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35083 \begin_inset space ~
35092 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35096 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35103 \begin_layout Standard
35108 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35112 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35113 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35114 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35115 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35116 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35119 \begin_layout Standard
35120 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35121 \begin_inset space ~
35125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35127 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35134 \begin_layout Section
35136 \begin_inset Index idx
35139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35148 \begin_layout Subsection
35152 \begin_layout Standard
35153 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35154 \begin_inset space ~
35158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35160 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35171 \begin_layout Subsection
35173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35175 name "sub:Special-Character"
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35183 Here you can insert the following characters:
35186 \begin_layout Description
35187 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35188 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35189 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35190 \begin_inset Newline newline
35194 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 Not all characters will be visible in the
35206 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35218 ) can display every character.
35226 \begin_layout Description
35227 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35231 \begin_layout Description
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35237 \begin_inset space ~
35240 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35241 \begin_inset space ~
35245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35247 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35254 \begin_layout Description
35256 \begin_inset space ~
35259 Quote Inserts this quote:
35260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35263 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35275 \begin_layout Description
35277 \begin_inset space ~
35280 Quote Inserts this quote:
35281 \begin_inset Quotes els
35287 \begin_layout Description
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35292 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35296 \begin_layout Description
35298 \begin_inset space ~
35301 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35305 \begin_layout Description
35307 \begin_inset space ~
35310 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35314 \begin_layout Description
35316 \begin_inset space ~
35320 \begin_inset Index idx
35323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35330 \begin_inset Index idx
35333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35334 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35339 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35340 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35341 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35346 \begin_inset Index idx
35349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35350 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35356 \begin_inset Newline newline
35359 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35371 and this Wiki-page:
35372 \begin_inset Newline newline
35376 \begin_inset Flex URL
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35381 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35389 \begin_layout Subsection
35393 \begin_layout Standard
35394 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35397 \begin_layout Description
35398 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35399 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35405 \begin_layout Description
35406 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35407 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35413 \begin_layout Description
35415 \begin_inset space ~
35418 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35425 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35432 \begin_layout Description
35434 \begin_inset space ~
35437 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35444 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35451 \begin_layout Description
35453 \begin_inset space ~
35456 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35457 \begin_inset space ~
35461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35463 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35470 \begin_layout Description
35472 \begin_inset space ~
35475 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35482 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35489 \begin_layout Description
35491 \begin_inset space ~
35494 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35495 \begin_inset space ~
35499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35501 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35508 \begin_layout Description
35510 \begin_inset space ~
35513 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35520 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35527 \begin_layout Description
35529 \begin_inset space ~
35532 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35539 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35546 \begin_layout Description
35548 \begin_inset space ~
35551 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35552 \begin_inset space ~
35556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35558 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35565 \begin_layout Description
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35571 \begin_inset space ~
35574 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35575 \begin_inset space ~
35579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35581 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35588 \begin_layout Description
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35593 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35594 text line to the page border, see section
35595 \begin_inset space ~
35599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35601 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35608 \begin_layout Description
35610 \begin_inset space ~
35613 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35614 \begin_inset space ~
35618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35620 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35627 \begin_layout Description
35629 \begin_inset space ~
35632 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35633 text page to the page border, described in section
35634 \begin_inset space ~
35638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35640 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35647 \begin_layout Description
35649 \begin_inset space ~
35652 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35653 \begin_inset space ~
35657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35659 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35666 \begin_layout Description
35668 \begin_inset space ~
35672 \begin_inset space ~
35675 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35676 \begin_inset space ~
35680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35682 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35695 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35697 \begin_inset space ~
35701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35703 reference "sec:toc"
35708 The index list is described in section
35709 \begin_inset space ~
35713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35715 reference "sec:Index"
35719 , the nomenclature in section
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35726 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35730 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35731 \begin_inset space ~
35735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35737 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 To insert floats, described in section
35750 \begin_inset space ~
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35756 reference "sec:Floats"
35763 \begin_layout Subsection
35767 \begin_layout Standard
35768 To insert notes, described in section
35769 \begin_inset space ~
35773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35775 reference "sec:Notes"
35782 \begin_layout Subsection
35786 \begin_layout Standard
35787 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35788 \begin_inset space ~
35792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35794 reference "sec:Branches"
35801 \begin_layout Subsection
35803 \begin_inset Index idx
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35817 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35828 \begin_layout Subsection
35830 \begin_inset Index idx
35833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 \begin_layout Standard
35843 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35850 reference "sec:Minipages"
35855 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35866 \begin_layout Subsection
35870 \begin_layout Standard
35871 Inserts a citation as described in section
35872 \begin_inset space ~
35876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35878 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35885 \begin_layout Subsection
35889 \begin_layout Standard
35890 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35891 \begin_inset space ~
35895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35897 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35904 \begin_layout Subsection
35908 \begin_layout Standard
35909 Inserts a label as described in section
35910 \begin_inset space ~
35914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35916 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35923 \begin_layout Subsection
35925 \begin_inset Index idx
35928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35935 \begin_inset Index idx
35938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35939 Longtables ! Caption
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35948 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35949 Floats are described in section
35950 \begin_inset space ~
35954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35956 reference "sec:Floats"
35960 , captions in longtables are described in section
35971 \begin_layout Subsection
35975 \begin_layout Standard
35976 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35977 \begin_inset space ~
35981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35983 reference "sec:Index"
35990 \begin_layout Subsection
35994 \begin_layout Standard
35995 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35996 \begin_inset space ~
36000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36002 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36009 \begin_layout Subsection
36013 \begin_layout Standard
36015 Tables are described in section
36016 \begin_inset space ~
36020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36022 reference "sec:Tables"
36029 \begin_layout Subsection
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36035 Graphics are described in section
36036 \begin_inset space ~
36040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36042 reference "sec:Graphics"
36049 \begin_layout Subsection
36053 \begin_layout Standard
36054 Inserts an URL as described in section
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36061 reference "sub:URLs"
36068 \begin_layout Subsection
36072 \begin_layout Standard
36073 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36074 \begin_inset space ~
36078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36080 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36087 \begin_layout Subsection
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36092 Inserts a footnote, see section
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36099 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36106 \begin_layout Subsection
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36111 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36112 \begin_inset space ~
36116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36118 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36125 \begin_layout Subsection
36129 \begin_layout Standard
36130 Inserts a short title, see section
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36137 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36144 \begin_layout Subsection
36148 \begin_layout Standard
36149 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36150 \begin_inset space ~
36154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36156 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36163 \begin_layout Subsection
36165 \begin_inset Index idx
36168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36177 \begin_layout Standard
36178 Inserts a program listings box.
36179 Program listings are explained in chapter
36181 Program Code Listings
36190 \begin_layout Subsection
36194 \begin_layout Standard
36195 Inserts the actual date.
36196 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36198 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36208 There the different methods are also compared.
36211 \begin_layout Section
36213 \begin_inset Index idx
36216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 \begin_layout Standard
36226 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36227 \begin_inset space ~
36230 of the current document.
36231 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36234 \begin_layout Subsection
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36240 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36246 \begin_inset space \space{}
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36254 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36255 \begin_inset space ~
36258 2.5 and use the menu
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36265 \begin_inset space ~
36272 \begin_inset space ~
36278 \begin_inset space ~
36282 \begin_inset space ~
36288 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36292 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36298 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36304 \begin_layout Standard
36305 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36306 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36309 \begin_layout Subsection
36310 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36313 \begin_layout Standard
36314 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36318 \begin_layout Subsection
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36323 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36324 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36325 on a cross-reference box.
36328 \begin_layout Section
36330 \begin_inset Index idx
36333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36342 \begin_layout Subsection
36346 \begin_layout Standard
36347 Change Tracking is described in section
36348 \begin_inset space ~
36352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36354 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36361 \begin_layout Subsection
36366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36377 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36379 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36382 \begin_layout Standard
36383 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36388 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36391 \begin_layout Subsection
36395 \begin_layout Standard
36396 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36397 \begin_inset space ~
36401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36403 reference "sec:Navigating"
36408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36410 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36417 \begin_layout Subsection
36418 Start Appendix Here
36421 \begin_layout Standard
36422 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36423 position as described in section
36424 \begin_inset space ~
36428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36430 reference "sec:Appendices"
36437 \begin_layout Subsection
36441 \begin_layout Standard
36442 Un/compresses the current document.
36445 \begin_layout Subsection
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 The document settings are described in appendix
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36464 \begin_layout Section
36466 \begin_inset Index idx
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36478 \begin_layout Subsection
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36483 Spell checking is explained in section
36484 \begin_inset space ~
36488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36490 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36497 \begin_layout Subsection
36501 \begin_layout Standard
36502 The thesaurus is described in section
36503 \begin_inset space ~
36507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36509 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36516 \begin_layout Subsection
36518 \begin_inset Index idx
36521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36528 \begin_inset Index idx
36531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36541 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36542 highlighted document part.
36545 \begin_layout Subsection
36547 \begin_inset Index idx
36550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36559 \begin_layout Standard
36560 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36563 \begin_layout Subsection
36565 \begin_inset Index idx
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36569 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36580 Reconfiguration of LyX
36584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36597 \begin_inset Index idx
36600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36601 Reconfiguration of LyX
36609 \begin_layout Standard
36610 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36611 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36618 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36625 \begin_layout Subsection
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36630 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36637 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36644 \begin_layout Section
36646 \begin_inset Index idx
36649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36659 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36663 \begin_layout Standard
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36672 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36673 found by LyX (see also section
36674 \begin_inset space ~
36678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36680 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36687 \begin_layout Section
36689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36691 name "sec:Toolbars"
36698 \begin_layout Standard
36699 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36700 \begin_inset space ~
36704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36706 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36713 \begin_layout Standard
36714 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36715 This is described in the
36717 Additional Features
36722 \begin_layout Subsection
36724 \begin_inset Index idx
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 \begin_inset Graphics
36738 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36747 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36754 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 \begin_inset Note Note
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36780 manual for more information.
36788 \begin_layout Standard
36789 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36796 \begin_inset Tabular
36797 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36798 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36800 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36806 \begin_inset Graphics
36807 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36821 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36835 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36841 \begin_layout Standard
36843 \begin_inset Tabular
36844 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
36845 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36846 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36847 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36855 \begin_inset Graphics
36856 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 \begin_inset Graphics
36885 filename ../images/file-open.png
36886 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36913 \begin_inset Graphics
36914 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36915 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36942 \begin_inset Graphics
36943 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 \begin_inset Graphics
36972 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 \begin_inset Graphics
37001 filename ../images/undo.png
37002 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37017 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37029 \begin_inset Graphics
37030 filename ../images/redo.png
37031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 \begin_inset Graphics
37059 filename ../images/cut.png
37060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 \begin_inset Graphics
37088 filename ../images/copy.png
37089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37116 \begin_inset Graphics
37117 filename ../images/paste.png
37118 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37133 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37140 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 \begin_inset Graphics
37146 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37147 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37148 rotateOrigin center
37157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37183 \begin_inset Graphics
37184 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37185 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37186 rotateOrigin center
37195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37202 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 \begin_inset Graphics
37215 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37229 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37231 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37233 \begin_inset space ~
37244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37249 \begin_inset Graphics
37250 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37266 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37268 \begin_inset space ~
37279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37284 \begin_inset Graphics
37285 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37286 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37299 Formats text using the current settings in the
37301 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37303 \begin_inset space ~
37314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 \begin_inset Graphics
37320 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37321 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37337 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37339 \begin_inset space ~
37348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_inset Graphics
37354 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37356 rotateOrigin center
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37383 \begin_inset Graphics
37384 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37386 rotateOrigin center
37395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37408 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37413 \begin_inset Graphics
37414 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37416 rotateOrigin center
37425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 Toggle outline window on/off,
37431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 \begin_inset Graphics
37444 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37446 rotateOrigin center
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 \begin_inset Graphics
37471 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37473 rotateOrigin center
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37499 \begin_layout Subsection
37501 \begin_inset Index idx
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 \begin_layout Standard
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37523 \begin_layout Standard
37524 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37530 \begin_layout Standard
37531 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37542 \begin_layout Standard
37543 \begin_inset Tabular
37544 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37545 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37546 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37547 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 \begin_inset Graphics
37554 filename ../images/layout.png
37555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37556 rotateOrigin center
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 \begin_inset Graphics
37581 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37583 rotateOrigin center
37592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 \begin_inset Graphics
37608 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37610 rotateOrigin center
37619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 \begin_inset Graphics
37635 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37636 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37637 rotateOrigin center
37646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 \begin_inset Graphics
37662 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37664 rotateOrigin center
37673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 \begin_inset Graphics
37689 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37690 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37691 rotateOrigin center
37700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37708 \begin_inset space ~
37712 \begin_inset space ~
37721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37726 \begin_inset Graphics
37727 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37728 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37729 rotateOrigin center
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37746 \begin_inset space ~
37750 \begin_inset space ~
37759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 \begin_inset Graphics
37765 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37812 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 \begin_inset Graphics
37854 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 \begin_inset Graphics
37883 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37899 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37911 \begin_inset Graphics
37912 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37913 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37930 \begin_inset space ~
37939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37944 \begin_inset Graphics
37945 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37963 \begin_inset space ~
37972 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37977 \begin_inset Graphics
37978 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37979 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38006 \begin_inset Graphics
38007 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38009 rotateOrigin center
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38026 \begin_inset space ~
38035 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 \begin_inset Graphics
38041 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38042 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38058 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38060 \begin_inset space ~
38069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 \begin_inset Graphics
38075 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38103 \begin_inset Graphics
38104 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 \begin_inset Graphics
38133 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38176 \begin_inset Graphics
38177 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38194 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38206 \begin_inset Graphics
38207 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38224 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38226 \begin_inset space ~
38235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 \begin_inset Graphics
38241 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38243 rotateOrigin center
38252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38260 \begin_inset space ~
38269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_inset Graphics
38275 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38277 rotateOrigin center
38286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38292 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38303 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38308 \begin_inset Graphics
38309 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38310 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38311 rotateOrigin center
38320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38340 \begin_layout Subsection
38341 View / Update Toolbar
38342 \begin_inset Index idx
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38346 Toolbar ! View / Update
38354 \begin_layout Standard
38355 \begin_inset Graphics
38356 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38363 \begin_layout Standard
38364 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38370 \begin_layout Standard
38371 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38375 \begin_layout Standard
38376 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38382 \begin_layout Standard
38383 \begin_inset Tabular
38384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38385 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38386 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38387 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 \begin_inset Graphics
38394 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38395 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38396 rotateOrigin center
38405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 \begin_inset Graphics
38424 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38425 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38426 rotateOrigin center
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38441 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38442 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38454 \begin_inset Graphics
38455 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38457 rotateOrigin center
38466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38472 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38484 \begin_inset Graphics
38485 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38487 rotateOrigin center
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38503 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38515 \begin_inset Graphics
38516 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38518 rotateOrigin center
38527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 \begin_inset Graphics
38546 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38548 rotateOrigin center
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38564 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38578 \begin_layout Subsection
38582 \begin_layout Standard
38583 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38584 \begin_inset space ~
38588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38590 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38594 , the table toolbar
38595 \begin_inset Index idx
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38608 manual, the math macro toolbar
38609 \begin_inset Index idx
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38625 \begin_layout Chapter
38626 The Document Settings
38627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38629 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38634 \begin_inset Index idx
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38638 Document ! Settings
38646 \begin_layout Standard
38647 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38648 whole document and is called with the menu
38650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38654 You can save your document settings as default with th
38656 e Save as Document Defaults
38658 button in the dialog.
38659 This will create a template name
38667 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38672 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38675 \begin_layout Section
38679 \begin_layout Standard
38680 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38682 Document classes are described in section
38683 \begin_inset space ~
38687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38689 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38694 Some classes use some class options by default.
38695 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38699 and you can decide to use them or not.
38700 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38701 recommended not to touch them.
38702 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38708 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38709 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38714 When you want one of the following drivers
38715 \begin_inset Newline newline
38718 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38719 \begin_inset Newline newline
38722 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38727 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38729 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38742 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38743 child or subdocument.
38744 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38745 without its master.
38746 This way child documents are always compileable.
38747 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38758 \begin_layout Section
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 Modules are explained in section
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38770 reference "sub:Modules"
38777 \begin_layout Section
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 The document font settings are described in section
38783 \begin_inset space ~
38787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38789 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38796 \begin_layout Section
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38803 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38807 \begin_layout Standard
38808 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38809 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38810 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38814 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38822 \begin_layout Section
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38827 A description of this menu is given in section
38828 \begin_inset space ~
38832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38834 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38841 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38848 \begin_layout Section
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sub:Margins"
38867 \begin_layout Section
38869 \begin_inset Index idx
38872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38873 Language ! Encoding
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38883 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38884 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38885 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38886 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38887 known for a particular character).
38891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38892 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38893 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38898 manual for details.
38906 \begin_layout Standard
38907 If you use the option
38911 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38912 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38913 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38914 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38915 exactly one encoding.
38916 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38925 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38926 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38928 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38929 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38943 \begin_layout Standard
38944 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38945 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38946 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38947 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38948 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38949 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38954 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38955 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38956 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38959 \begin_layout Standard
38960 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38963 \begin_layout Description
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38973 \begin_inset space ~
38980 , but the LaTeX-package
38985 \begin_inset Index idx
38988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38989 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38995 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38996 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38997 languages in TeX code.
39000 \begin_layout Description
39001 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39002 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39003 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39006 \begin_layout Description
39008 \begin_inset space ~
39012 \begin_inset space ~
39015 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39018 \begin_layout Description
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39024 \begin_inset space ~
39027 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39030 \begin_layout Description
39032 \begin_inset space ~
39035 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39038 \begin_layout Description
39040 \begin_inset space ~
39044 \begin_inset space ~
39047 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39048 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39051 \begin_layout Description
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39057 \begin_inset space ~
39060 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39064 \begin_layout Description
39066 \begin_inset space ~
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39073 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39074 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39077 \begin_layout Description
39079 \begin_inset space ~
39083 \begin_inset space ~
39087 \begin_inset space ~
39090 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39097 \begin_layout Description
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39107 \begin_inset space ~
39110 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39111 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39114 \begin_layout Description
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39123 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39124 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39125 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39130 \begin_inset space ~
39136 \begin_layout Description
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39142 \begin_inset space ~
39145 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39146 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39147 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39148 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39149 \begin_inset space ~
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39159 \begin_layout Description
39161 \begin_inset space ~
39165 \begin_inset space ~
39168 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39171 \begin_layout Description
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39180 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39183 \begin_layout Description
39185 \begin_inset space ~
39189 \begin_inset space ~
39192 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39195 \begin_layout Description
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39200 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39203 \begin_layout Description
39205 \begin_inset space ~
39208 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39211 \begin_layout Description
39213 \begin_inset space ~
39217 \begin_inset space ~
39220 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39223 \begin_layout Description
39225 \begin_inset space ~
39229 \begin_inset space ~
39235 \begin_layout Description
39237 \begin_inset space ~
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39244 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39247 \begin_layout Description
39249 \begin_inset space ~
39253 \begin_inset space ~
39259 \begin_layout Description
39261 \begin_inset space ~
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39268 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39273 \begin_inset Index idx
39276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39277 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39282 , when using this, set the document language to
39287 \begin_layout Description
39289 \begin_inset space ~
39293 \begin_inset space ~
39296 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39300 , when using this, set the document language to
39305 \begin_layout Description
39307 \begin_inset space ~
39311 \begin_inset space ~
39314 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39319 \begin_inset Index idx
39322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39323 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39328 , when using this, set the document language to
39333 \begin_layout Description
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39339 \begin_inset space ~
39342 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39346 , when using this, set the document language to
39351 \begin_layout Description
39353 \begin_inset space ~
39357 \begin_inset space ~
39360 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39364 , when using this, set the document language to
39369 \begin_layout Description
39371 \begin_inset space ~
39374 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39377 \begin_layout Description
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39383 \begin_inset space ~
39387 \begin_inset space ~
39390 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39393 \begin_layout Description
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39406 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39407 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39408 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39411 \begin_layout Description
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39423 \begin_layout Description
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39432 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39433 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39436 \begin_layout Description
39438 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_inset space ~
39445 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39450 \begin_inset Index idx
39453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39459 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39462 \begin_layout Description
39464 \begin_inset space ~
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39471 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39475 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39484 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39485 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39499 \begin_layout Description
39501 \begin_inset space ~
39505 \begin_inset space ~
39508 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39513 \begin_inset Index idx
39516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39517 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39522 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39525 \begin_layout Description
39527 \begin_inset space ~
39530 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39535 \begin_inset Index idx
39538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39545 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39549 \begin_layout Description
39551 \begin_inset space ~
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39562 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39569 \begin_layout Description
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39582 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39583 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39584 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39588 \begin_layout Description
39590 \begin_inset space ~
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39601 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39602 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39605 \begin_layout Section
39609 \begin_layout Standard
39610 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39612 \begin_inset space ~
39616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39618 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39625 \begin_layout Section
39629 \begin_layout Standard
39630 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39635 \begin_inset Index idx
39638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39639 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39649 \begin_inset Index idx
39652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39653 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39659 For a further description see section
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39666 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39673 \begin_layout Section
39677 \begin_layout Standard
39678 The PDF properties are explained in section
39679 \begin_inset space ~
39683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39685 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39692 \begin_layout Section
39696 \begin_layout Standard
39697 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39702 \begin_inset Index idx
39705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39706 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39716 \begin_inset Index idx
39719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39720 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39725 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39728 \begin_layout Standard
39733 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39734 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39737 \begin_layout Standard
39742 is used for special integral characters.
39745 \begin_layout Section
39749 \begin_layout Standard
39750 The float placement options are described in section
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39757 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39764 \begin_layout Section
39768 \begin_layout Standard
39769 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39770 The itemize environment is described in section
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39777 reference "sec:Itemize"
39784 \begin_layout Section
39788 \begin_layout Standard
39789 Branches are described in section
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39796 reference "sec:Branches"
39803 \begin_layout Section
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39819 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39820 to define LaTeX-commands.
39821 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39822 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39826 \begin_layout Standard
39827 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39834 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39841 \begin_layout Chapter
39847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39849 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39854 \begin_inset Index idx
39857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39866 \begin_layout Standard
39867 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39869 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39873 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39876 \begin_layout Section
39880 \begin_layout Subsection
39884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39885 User Interface File
39886 \begin_inset Index idx
39889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39890 Customization ! of toolbars
39896 \begin_inset Index idx
39899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39900 Customization ! of menus
39908 \begin_layout Standard
39909 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39917 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39926 \begin_layout Standard
39927 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39928 interface (ui) file.
39929 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39930 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39939 Both files are loaded by the
39944 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39945 files and edit the entries.
39948 \begin_layout Standard
39949 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39961 entries must be ended with an explicit
39986 and in the case of the
39987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39999 The syntax for the entries is:
40002 \begin_layout Standard
40003 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40031 \begin_layout Standard
40033 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40036 All LyX-functions are listed in
40037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40046 \begin_layout Standard
40047 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40053 \begin_layout Standard
40054 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40056 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40059 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40063 \begin_layout Standard
40064 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40069 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40072 \begin_layout Standard
40074 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40077 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40084 \begin_layout Standard
40087 Enable tool tips in main work area
40089 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40097 \begin_layout Standard
40101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40108 restoring of window layout and geometries
40110 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40111 in the last LyX session.
40114 \begin_layout Standard
40117 Restore cursor positions
40119 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40123 \begin_layout Standard
40126 Load opened files from last session
40128 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40135 name "sub:Backup documents"
40140 \begin_inset Index idx
40143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40152 \begin_layout Standard
40157 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40165 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40168 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40170 \begin_inset space ~
40178 \begin_layout Standard
40181 Open documents in tabs
40183 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40187 \begin_layout Subsection
40189 \begin_inset Index idx
40192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40201 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40208 \begin_layout Standard
40209 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40212 \begin_layout Standard
40213 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40221 This section only deals with the fonts
40226 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40230 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40241 \begin_layout Standard
40242 By default, LyX uses
40246 as roman (serif) font,
40254 (depends on the system) as
40257 \begin_inset space ~
40273 \begin_layout Standard
40274 You can change the font size with the
40279 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40280 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40283 \begin_layout Standard
40288 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40289 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40294 points have the size of 1
40295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40305 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40312 \begin_layout Standard
40317 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40322 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40323 \begin_inset space ~
40327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40329 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40336 \begin_layout Standard
40339 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40341 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40342 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40343 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40344 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40346 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40347 \begin_inset space ~
40353 \begin_layout Subsection
40355 \begin_inset Index idx
40358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 \begin_inset Index idx
40368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40378 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40379 Choose an item in the list and use the
40386 \begin_layout Subsection
40388 \begin_inset Index idx
40391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40392 Settings ! Graphics
40400 \begin_layout Standard
40401 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40404 \begin_layout Standard
40409 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40410 This feature is described in section
40411 \begin_inset space ~
40415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40417 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40424 \begin_layout Section
40426 \begin_inset Index idx
40429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40438 \begin_layout Subsection
40442 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40449 Cursor follows scrollbar
40451 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40455 \begin_layout Standard
40458 Sort environments alphabetically
40460 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40466 Group environments by their category
40468 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40475 \begin_layout Standard
40476 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40481 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40482 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40486 \begin_layout Subsection
40488 \begin_inset Index idx
40491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40498 \begin_inset Index idx
40501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 Settings ! Shortcuts
40510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40514 \begin_layout Standard
40515 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40516 Several binding files are available:
40519 \begin_layout Description
40520 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40523 \begin_layout Description
40524 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40535 \begin_layout Description
40536 mac.bind set of bindings for
40539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40552 , and bind files for special languages.
40553 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40558 \begin_inset space \space{}
40562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40570 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40574 \begin_layout Standard
40575 Some bind-files, like
40579 , have only a small scope.
40580 When looking at the the end of the file
40584 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40591 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40596 \begin_inset Index idx
40599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 Key Bindings ! Editing
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40609 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40610 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40611 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40614 Show key-bindings containing
40617 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40618 Insert there for example as keyword
40619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40626 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40636 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40637 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40641 that you find in the
40648 \begin_layout Standard
40650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40654 \begin_inset space \space{}
40665 , select the function and press the
40670 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40671 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40672 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40673 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40674 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40676 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40678 The binding for the function
40682 is an example for this.
40685 \begin_layout Standard
40686 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40688 The syntax of the entries is:
40691 \begin_layout Standard
40697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40715 \begin_layout Subsection
40717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40727 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40732 \begin_inset Index idx
40735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40742 \begin_inset Index idx
40745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40746 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40754 \begin_layout Standard
40755 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40756 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40762 \begin_inset space \space{}
40765 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40766 can use the keyboard map file named
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40774 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40790 \begin_layout Standard
40791 Besides this, you can specify here the
40793 Wheel scrolling speed
40796 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40800 \begin_layout Subsection
40802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40804 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40809 \begin_inset Index idx
40812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40821 \begin_layout Standard
40822 Input completion is described in sec.
40823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40829 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40834 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40836 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40837 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40841 \begin_layout Section
40843 \begin_inset Index idx
40846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40853 \begin_inset Index idx
40856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40865 \begin_layout Description
40867 \begin_inset space ~
40870 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40871 It is the default when you
40882 \begin_inset space ~
40890 \begin_layout Description
40892 \begin_inset space ~
40895 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40897 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40899 \begin_inset space ~
40903 \begin_inset space ~
40911 \begin_layout Description
40913 \begin_inset space ~
40916 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40922 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40926 \begin_inset Newline newline
40930 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40942 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40950 \begin_layout Description
40952 \begin_inset space ~
40956 \begin_inset Index idx
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40965 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40966 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40967 \begin_inset space ~
40971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40973 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40981 will be used to save the backups.
40982 \begin_inset Newline newline
40985 The backup files have the ending
40986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40996 \begin_layout Description
41001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41008 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41009 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41010 \begin_inset Newline newline
41014 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41030 \begin_layout Description
41032 \begin_inset space ~
41035 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41038 \begin_layout Description
41040 \begin_inset space ~
41043 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41044 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41045 to find it on the system.
41046 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41047 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41056 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41057 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41061 \begin_layout Section
41065 \begin_layout Standard
41066 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41067 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41069 \begin_inset space ~
41073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41075 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41079 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41082 \begin_layout Section
41084 \begin_inset Index idx
41087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41088 Language ! Settings
41094 \begin_inset Index idx
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 Settings ! Language
41106 \begin_layout Subsection
41110 \begin_layout Description
41112 \begin_inset space ~
41116 \begin_inset space ~
41119 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41120 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41121 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41122 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41123 You find the actual translation status here:
41124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41126 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41127 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41134 \begin_layout Description
41136 \begin_inset space ~
41139 language is the language used in new documents
41142 \begin_layout Description
41144 \begin_inset space ~
41147 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41149 The default is the LaTeX-command
41155 that loads the package
41163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41164 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41165 \begin_inset space ~
41169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41171 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41181 \begin_inset Newline newline
41188 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41189 the document language.
41190 A text label is for instance the word
41191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41198 at the beginning of every table caption.
41201 \begin_layout Description
41203 \begin_inset space ~
41206 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41207 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41208 An example is the start command
41214 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41219 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41234 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41239 \begin_layout Description
41241 \begin_inset space ~
41249 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41250 command toggles the package on and off.
41253 \begin_layout Description
41255 \begin_inset space ~
41265 \begin_layout Description
41266 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41267 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41268 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41269 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41276 \begin_layout Description
41278 \begin_inset space ~
41281 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41283 When this option is not set, the
41286 \begin_inset space ~
41291 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41292 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41295 \begin_inset space ~
41303 \begin_layout Description
41305 \begin_inset space ~
41311 \begin_inset space ~
41317 When it is not set, the
41320 \begin_inset space ~
41325 is set to the end of the document.
41328 \begin_layout Description
41330 \begin_inset space ~
41334 \begin_inset space ~
41337 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41338 language will be underlined blue.
41341 \begin_layout Description
41343 \begin_inset space ~
41347 \begin_inset space ~
41350 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41351 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41354 \begin_layout Description
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41359 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41360 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41361 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41362 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41365 \begin_layout Subsection
41369 \begin_layout Standard
41370 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41371 \begin_inset space ~
41375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41377 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41384 \begin_layout Section
41388 \begin_layout Subsection
41390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41397 \begin_inset Index idx
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 \begin_inset Index idx
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41419 \begin_layout Description
41421 \begin_inset space ~
41424 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41425 The name will be used when the
41430 \begin_inset Newline newline
41434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41442 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41451 \begin_layout Description
41453 \begin_inset space ~
41457 \begin_inset space ~
41461 \begin_inset space ~
41464 printer This option works only for the
41469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41481 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41482 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41485 \begin_layout Description
41487 \begin_inset space ~
41490 command is the command LyX
41491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41498 LaTeX uses for printing.
41499 The default is on most systems
41506 \begin_layout Description
41508 \begin_inset space ~
41512 \begin_inset space ~
41515 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41516 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41517 of the program that provides the
41524 \begin_layout Subsection
41526 \begin_inset Index idx
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 \begin_inset Index idx
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 Settings ! Date format
41548 \begin_layout Standard
41549 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41550 \begin_inset Newline newline
41554 \begin_inset Flex URL
41557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41559 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41565 \begin_inset Newline newline
41568 For example the format
41569 \begin_inset Newline newline
41573 \begin_inset Newline newline
41576 prints the date as day/month/year.
41579 \begin_layout Subsection
41583 \begin_layout Description
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_inset space ~
41592 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41595 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41596 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41604 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41608 \begin_layout Description
41610 \begin_inset space ~
41613 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41618 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41619 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41622 \begin_layout Subsection
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41637 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41642 \begin_inset Index idx
41645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41654 \begin_layout Description
41659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 \begin_inset space ~
41670 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41675 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41697 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41710 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41711 LyX sets up in the background.
41712 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41724 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41729 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41732 \begin_layout Standard
41733 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41734 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41735 manuals of the applications.
41736 Currently the following commands can be set:
41739 \begin_layout Description
41744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41752 \begin_inset space ~
41755 command Command for the program
41759 that is described in section
41765 Additional Features
41770 \begin_layout Description
41775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41786 command Command for the program
41790 that generates the bibliography, see section
41791 \begin_inset space ~
41795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41797 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41804 \begin_layout Description
41806 \begin_inset space ~
41809 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41810 \begin_inset space ~
41814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41816 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41823 \begin_layout Description
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41828 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41829 \begin_inset space ~
41833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41835 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41842 \begin_layout Description
41844 \begin_inset space ~
41848 \begin_inset space ~
41852 \begin_inset space ~
41856 \begin_inset space ~
41859 options They only have an effect when the program
41863 is used as DVI-viewer.
41866 \begin_layout Standard
41867 There are additionally the following options:
41870 \begin_layout Description
41872 \begin_inset space ~
41876 \begin_inset space ~
41880 \begin_inset space ~
41884 \begin_inset space ~
41888 \begin_inset space ~
41891 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41909 to separate folders.
41910 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41911 \begin_inset Index idx
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41921 \begin_inset Index idx
41924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41933 \begin_layout Description
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41943 \begin_inset space ~
41947 \begin_inset space ~
41951 \begin_inset space ~
41955 \begin_inset space ~
41958 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41963 dialog when changing the document class.
41966 \begin_layout Section
41968 \begin_inset space ~
41972 \begin_inset Index idx
41975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 \begin_layout Subsection
41986 \begin_inset Index idx
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 \begin_layout Standard
41999 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42000 from one format to another.
42001 You can modify them or create new ones.
42002 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42009 \begin_inset space ~
42019 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42023 \begin_inset space ~
42028 drop-down list, modify the
42032 field, and press the
42039 \begin_layout Standard
42042 Converter File Cache
42044 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42047 Maximum Age (in days
42050 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42051 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42054 \begin_layout Standard
42055 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42056 the converter definition, is described in section
42067 \begin_layout Subsection
42069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42071 name "sec:File-Formats"
42076 \begin_inset Index idx
42079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42086 \begin_inset Index idx
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42098 \begin_layout Standard
42099 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42100 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42104 \begin_layout Standard
42105 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42106 is described in section
42117 \begin_layout Standard
42118 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42119 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42120 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42121 This is done by specifying a
42126 More about this is described in section
42137 \begin_layout Chapter
42138 Units available in LyX
42139 \begin_inset Index idx
42142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42151 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42158 \begin_layout Standard
42159 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42162 reference "cap:Units"
42166 explains all units available in LyX.
42169 \begin_layout Standard
42170 \begin_inset Float table
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 \begin_inset Caption
42179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42195 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42203 \begin_inset Tabular
42204 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42205 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42358 scaled point (65536
42359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42419 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42474 % of original image width
42481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42688 \begin_layout Chapter
42690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42699 \begin_layout Standard
42700 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42701 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42704 \begin_layout Itemize
42707 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42710 \begin_layout Itemize
42716 \begin_layout Itemize
42722 \begin_layout Itemize
42728 \begin_layout Itemize
42734 \begin_layout Itemize
42740 \begin_layout Itemize
42746 \begin_layout Itemize
42752 \begin_layout Itemize
42755 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42758 \begin_layout Itemize
42764 \begin_layout Itemize
42770 \begin_layout Itemize
42776 \begin_layout Itemize
42782 \begin_layout Itemize
42788 \begin_layout Itemize
42794 \begin_layout Itemize
42800 \begin_layout Itemize
42806 \begin_layout Itemize
42808 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42817 \begin_layout Standard
42818 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42821 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42828 \begin_layout Bibliography
42829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42830 LatexCommand bibitem
42837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42840 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42845 \begin_inset Newline newline
42849 \begin_inset Flex URL
42852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42854 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42862 \begin_layout Bibliography
42863 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42864 LatexCommand bibitem
42865 key "latexcompanion"
42869 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42871 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42874 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42877 \begin_layout Bibliography
42878 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42879 LatexCommand bibitem
42884 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42887 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42890 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42893 \begin_layout Bibliography
42894 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42895 LatexCommand bibitem
42902 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42905 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42908 \begin_layout Bibliography
42909 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42910 LatexCommand bibitem
42922 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42925 \begin_layout Bibliography
42926 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42927 LatexCommand bibitem
42933 \begin_inset Newline newline
42937 \begin_inset Flex URL
42940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42942 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42950 \begin_layout Bibliography
42951 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42952 LatexCommand bibitem
42958 \begin_inset Newline newline
42962 \begin_inset Flex URL
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42967 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42975 \begin_layout Bibliography
42976 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42977 LatexCommand bibitem
42983 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42985 name "Documentation"
42986 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42995 \begin_inset Newline newline
42999 \begin_inset Flex URL
43002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43004 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43012 \begin_layout Bibliography
43013 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43014 LatexCommand bibitem
43020 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43022 name "Documentation"
43023 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43027 how to use the program
43032 \begin_inset Newline newline
43036 \begin_inset Flex URL
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43049 \begin_layout Bibliography
43050 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43051 LatexCommand bibitem
43057 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43059 name "Documentation"
43060 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43069 \begin_inset Newline newline
43073 \begin_inset Flex URL
43076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43078 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43086 \begin_layout Bibliography
43087 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43088 LatexCommand bibitem
43094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43096 name "Documentation"
43097 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43106 \begin_inset Newline newline
43110 \begin_inset Flex URL
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43115 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43123 \begin_layout Bibliography
43124 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43125 LatexCommand bibitem
43131 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43133 name "Documentation"
43134 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43138 of the LaTeX-package
43143 \begin_inset Index idx
43146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43147 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43153 \begin_inset Newline newline
43157 \begin_inset Flex URL
43160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43162 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43170 \begin_layout Bibliography
43171 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43172 LatexCommand bibitem
43178 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43180 name "Documentation"
43181 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43185 of the LaTeX-package
43190 \begin_inset Index idx
43193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43200 \begin_inset Newline newline
43204 \begin_inset Flex URL
43207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43209 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43217 \begin_layout Bibliography
43218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43219 LatexCommand bibitem
43227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43229 name "Documentation"
43230 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43236 of the LaTeX-package
43241 \begin_inset Index idx
43244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43245 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43251 \begin_inset Newline newline
43255 \begin_inset Flex URL
43258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43260 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43268 \begin_layout Bibliography
43269 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43270 LatexCommand bibitem
43276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43278 name "Documentation"
43279 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43283 of the LaTeX-package
43288 \begin_inset Index idx
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43292 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43298 \begin_inset Newline newline
43302 \begin_inset Flex URL
43305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43307 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43315 \begin_layout Bibliography
43316 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43317 LatexCommand bibitem
43323 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43325 name "Documentation"
43326 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43330 of the LaTeX-package
43335 \begin_inset Index idx
43338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43339 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43345 \begin_inset Newline newline
43349 \begin_inset Flex URL
43352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43354 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43362 \begin_layout Bibliography
43363 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43364 LatexCommand bibitem
43370 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43372 name "Documentation"
43373 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43377 of the LaTeX-package
43382 \begin_inset Index idx
43385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43386 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43392 \begin_inset Newline newline
43396 \begin_inset Flex URL
43399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43401 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43409 \begin_layout Bibliography
43410 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43411 LatexCommand bibitem
43417 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43420 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43424 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43425 \begin_inset Newline newline
43429 \begin_inset Flex URL
43432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43434 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43442 \begin_layout Bibliography
43443 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43444 LatexCommand bibitem
43450 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43453 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43457 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43458 \begin_inset Newline newline
43462 \begin_inset Flex URL
43465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43467 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43475 \begin_layout Bibliography
43476 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43477 LatexCommand bibitem
43483 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43486 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43490 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43491 \begin_inset Newline newline
43495 \begin_inset Flex URL
43498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43500 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43508 \begin_layout Bibliography
43509 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43510 LatexCommand bibitem
43516 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43519 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43523 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43524 \begin_inset Newline newline
43528 \begin_inset Flex URL
43531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43533 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43541 \begin_layout Bibliography
43542 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43543 LatexCommand bibitem
43549 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43552 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43556 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43557 \begin_inset Newline newline
43561 \begin_inset Flex URL
43564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43566 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43574 \begin_layout Bibliography
43575 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43576 LatexCommand bibitem
43582 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43585 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43589 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43590 \begin_inset Newline newline
43594 \begin_inset Flex URL
43597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43599 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43607 \begin_layout Bibliography
43608 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43609 LatexCommand bibitem
43615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43618 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43622 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43623 \begin_inset Newline newline
43627 \begin_inset Flex URL
43630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43632 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43640 \begin_layout Bibliography
43641 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43642 LatexCommand bibitem
43648 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43651 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43655 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43656 \begin_inset Newline newline
43660 \begin_inset Flex URL
43663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43665 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43673 \begin_layout Bibliography
43674 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43675 LatexCommand bibitem
43681 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43684 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43688 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43689 \begin_inset Newline newline
43693 \begin_inset Flex URL
43696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43698 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43706 \begin_layout Bibliography
43707 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43708 LatexCommand bibitem
43714 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43717 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43721 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43722 \begin_inset Newline newline
43726 \begin_inset Flex URL
43729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43731 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43739 \begin_layout Bibliography
43740 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43741 LatexCommand bibitem
43747 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43750 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43754 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43755 \begin_inset Newline newline
43759 \begin_inset Flex URL
43762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43764 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43772 \begin_layout Bibliography
43773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43774 LatexCommand bibitem
43780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43783 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43787 about new features in
43792 \begin_inset Newline newline
43796 \begin_inset Flex URL
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43809 \begin_layout Standard
43810 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43844 \begin_inset Note Note
43847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43854 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43855 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43856 bibliography is the second one:
43864 \begin_layout Standard
43865 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43866 LatexCommand bibtex
43867 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43868 options "biblio/alphadin"
43875 \begin_layout Standard
43876 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43879 \begin_layout Standard
43882 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43883 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43888 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43889 LatexCommand printindex